StorageTek Water System 312564001 User Manual

PART NUMBER  
VERSION NUMBER  
EDITION NUMBER  
312564001  
1
1.1  
TM  
LIFECYCLE DIRECTOR  
DB2 MANAGER USER GUIDE  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Lifecycle  
Director™  
DB2 Manager  
User Guide  
Version 1.1  
EC 132056  
Revision C  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Information contained in this publication is subject to change without notice.  
We welcome your feedback. Please contact the Global Learning Solutions Feedback System at:  
or  
Global Learning Solutions  
Storage Technology Corporation  
One StorageTek Drive  
Louisville, CO 80028-3256  
USA  
Please include the publication name, part number, and edition number in your correspondence if they  
are available.  
Export Destination Control Statement  
These commodities, technology or software were exported from the United States in accordance  
with the Export Administration Regulations. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.  
Restricted Rights  
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in  
subparagraph (c) (1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights at FAR  
52.227-19 (June 1987), as applicable.  
Limitations on Warranties and Liability  
Storage Technology Corporation cannot accept any responsibility for your use of the information in  
this document or for your use in any associated software program. You are responsible for backing  
up your data. You should be careful to ensure that your use of the information complies with all  
applicable laws, rules, and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is used.  
Proprietary Information Statement  
The information in this document, including any associated software program, may not be  
reproduced, disclosed or distributed in any manner without the written consent of Storage  
Technology Corporation.  
Should this publication be found, please return it to StorageTek, One StorageTek Drive, Louisville,  
CO 80028-5214, USA. Postage is guaranteed.  
First Edition (September 2004)  
This edition contains189 pages.  
TM  
StorageTek, the StorageTek logo, Lifecycle Director is trademark or registered trademark of Storage  
Technology Corporation. Other products and names mentioned herein are for identification purposes  
only and may be trademarks of their respective companies.  
©2004 by Storage Technology Corporation. All rights reserved.  
ii  
First Edition  
StorageTek Protected  
312564001  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of contents  
INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................8  
PRODUCT FUNCTIONS ...............................................................................................9  
DB2 MANAGER STORAGE CONFIGURATION ............................................................13  
PRODUCT IMPLEMENTATION ...................................................................................14  
DB2 MANAGEMENT PROCESSING ............................................................................15  
PRE-REQUISITES FOR DB2 MANAGER IMPLEMENTATION........................................16  
ARCHIVE MANAGER IMPLEMENTATION ..................................................................18  
DB2 MANAGER IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES....................................................18  
VERIFY DB2 MANAGER INSTALLATION..................................................................32  
GENERAL PARAMETER FORMAT ..............................................................................34  
ENVCNTL PARAMETERS .......................................................................................35  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TAPECNTL PARAMETERS .....................................................................................37  
CONTROL REGION INITIALIZATION ..........................................................................44  
CONTROL REGION COMPONENTS .............................................................................46  
PROCESSING REQUESTS FOR ACCESS TO MIGRATED ROWS.......................................48  
DB2 MANAGER OPERATOR INTERFACE...................................................................50  
SMF PROCESSING ...................................................................................................63  
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS.............................................................................70  
2
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................75  
ENABLING A DB2 TABLE FOR MIGRATION PROCESSING ..........................................75  
OTDBP100 - THE TABLE MIGRATION UTILITY........................................................80  
DATA MANAGEMENT PROCESSING ..........................................................................88  
OTDBP120 - THE ROW RESTORE UTILITY...............................................................93  
OTDBP130 - THE PRE-FETCH UTILITY....................................................................99  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTDBP140 - THE TABLE ANALYSIS UTILITY ........................................................105  
OTDBP170 - THE DATABASE HOUSEKEEPING UTILITY .........................................109  
OTD100XX TABLE MIGRATION UTILITY MESSAGES ...........................................118  
OTD120XX ROW RESTORE UTILITY MESSAGES ..................................................125  
OTD130XX PRE-FETCH UTILITY MESSAGES .......................................................129  
OTD140XX TABLE ANALYSIS UTILITY MESSAGES..............................................132  
OTD170XX DATABASE HOUSEKEEPING UTILITY MESSAGES...............................137  
OTD200XX CONTROL REGION MASTER PROCESSOR MESSAGES .........................140  
OTD220XX CONTROL REGION SCHEDULER MESSAGES.......................................154  
OTD250XX CONTROL REGION TAPE READER MESSAGES....................................157  
OTD254XX CONTROL REGION DISK READER MESSAGES ....................................160  
4
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD260XX CONTROL REGION WRITER MESSAGES .............................................162  
OTD270XX - CONTROL REGION HOUSEKEEPING TASK MESSAGES.........................165  
DB2 MANAGER ERROR AND REASON CODES.........................................................166  
CONTROL REGION RETURN CODES.........................................................................169  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This Lifecycle Director DB2 Manager User Guide provides all the information  
required for installation, implementation and operation of the DB2 Manager  
product for the enabling of Lifecycle Director support for the storage and  
retrieval of table rows using IBM's DB2 relational database management  
software.  
For ease of reference, the product will be referred to as DB2 Manager  
throughout the remainder of this manual. In addition, the Archive Manager  
component of Lifecycle Director which is used by DB2 Manager for storage of  
migrated data will be referred to as Archive Manager throughout the  
remainder of the document.  
The manual assumes some familiarity with DB2 concepts and its  
implementation. Information on these topics may be obtained from the  
appropriate IBM manuals where necessary.  
Version 1.1 of the product will support all releases of DB2 from version 4  
hardware requirements for DB2 Manager implementation.  
Implementation of version 2.5 or higher of the Archive Manager tape  
database management component is a pre-requisite for DB2 Manager  
installation. Users should refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for the  
version of Archive Manager installed at their installation for information  
regarding that product component.  
Any additional installation or release-dependent information not contained in  
this manual will be supplied to customers as part of the DB2 Manager  
distribution package.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Product Description  
1
Introduction  
Storage Technology's DB2 Manager software product is designed to  
implement Archive Manager support for storage of table rows using IBM's  
DB2 relational database management product. Archive Manager is a  
Storage Technology archival database management product, which primarily  
uses tape cartridge media for storage of archived objects. Archive Manager  
also optionally enables disk copies of objects in an Archive Manager  
database to be retained. The product supplies a range of facilities to optimize  
the storage and retrieval of objects in an archive database.  
Installation of Archive Manager on the host system is a pre-requisite for DB2  
Manager implementation. Migrated rows are stored as objects in a standard  
Archive Manager database, each Archive Manager database consisting of a  
discrete set of tape cartridge volumes (plus optional disk copy datasets).  
DB2 Manager uses a separate Archive Manager database for each DB2 table  
which has been enabled for archival with DB2 Manager.  
DB2 Manager enables applications developed to use DB2 as a data manager  
to extend the range of storage options supported by DB2 to include an  
Archive Manager database. Version 1.1 of DB2 Manager includes support  
for all versions of DB2 from version 4 upwards.  
Implementation of the product requires no modifications to applications which  
use standard SQL processing to access DB2 tables. This means that  
customer-developed or vendor-supplied DB2 SQL applications will be able to  
store and retrieve table rows in Archive Manager without modification.  
As is the case for all Archive Manager applications, usage of DB2 Manager to  
access tape-resident objects in an online processing environment requires  
the implementation of an automated tape processing facility, using the  
StorageTek 4400 ACS range of products.  
There are no functional limitations in DB2 Manager which would prevent its  
implementation in a manual tape-processing environment, using free-  
standing tape cartridge drives. However, the need for manual operator  
intervention in this environment would mean that SQL commands issued from  
an online processing system, which required access to a tape-resident  
object, would wait indefinitely for a response (depending on the time taken to  
manually satisfy the tape-handling request). A guaranteed level of service for  
processing these requests can only be supplied through the implementation  
of an automated tape handling strategy.  
Note that a single SQL command issued from an application problem may  
generate access to multiple rows from one or more tables. In these  
instances, DB2 will create a temporary table containing the result of the SQL  
8
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
request. Standard DB2 processing then requires the use of a cursor  
mechanism in order to access each row from the result table, rows being  
retrieved via an SQL FETCH command. In cases where rows in the result  
table have been migrated from DB2 to Archive Manager, the resulting FETCH  
commands may generate one or more tape mounts in order to service the  
application program’s SQL request. Access to rows is not necessarily  
performed in the physical sequence in which migrated rows are stored in the  
Archive Manager database – this may generate an excessive amount of tape  
mount activity, with a correspondingly negative effect on application response  
times.  
For this reason, implementation of DB2 Manager for migration of data from a  
DB2 table may not be suitable in instances where applications process the  
table in the following manner:  
Sequential processing of the table. This can occur if the application  
needs to access all rows in the table (e.g. for historical data analysis), or if  
access to specific rows in the table is not performed via index processing.  
Many rows are required to satisfy a single SQL command. If migrated  
rows are among those required to satisfy the SQL command, then  
extended response times may be encountered.  
Note that use of Archive Manager disk copy processing (where copies of  
objects in the Archive Manager database are held in sequential disk  
datasets) is enabled, then the above restrictions will not necessarily apply.  
Only one DB2 Manager control region is started per MVS system – this will  
support access to migrated rows from multiple DB2 subsystems executing on  
that MVS system.  
Product Functions  
The functions supplied by the DB2 Manager product can be categorized into  
three main areas:  
1. Migration of rows from a DB2 table.  
2. Enabling of access to migrated rows.  
3. Management of migrated rows.  
These functions are discussed in the following sections.  
Row migration  
The primary function of DB2 Manager is to enable individual rows from within  
a DB2 table to be migrated from DB2 to an Archive Manager database.  
Migrated rows will be stored as part of a standard Archive Manager object in  
the Archive Manager database, and will be replaced in the VSAM tablespace  
dataset by an 18-byte archive “stub” which will contain information about the  
location of the row in the Archive Manager database. This will allow space  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
within the table to be released and re-used, enabling a reduction in the  
overall size of the DB2 tablespace used for table storage.  
Reduction in the tablespace size will give a corresponding reduction in the  
overall amount of disk space required to support DB2 database usage, and  
also reduce the amount of DB2 housekeeping processing (in particular,  
image-copy and re-organization processing) required for the database  
containing the table(s) enabled for DB2 Manager migration processing.  
Migration of rows is performed using a batch utility which is supplied with the  
specified rules, which are specified using SQL command syntax, allowing  
maximum flexibility for selection of rows to be migrated.  
In order to be eligible for migration of rows by DB2 Manager, a table must  
have the following characteristics:  
A DB2 edit procedure (OTDBP300) must be defined for the table. This  
edit procedure (known as the “DB2 Manager SQL intercept”) intercepts all  
row insert, update and retrieve operations performed by DB2 on the table,  
and determines whether migration of an unmigrated row is to be  
performed, or whether retrieval of a migrated row is required.  
The table must have at least two partitions. One of these partitions is  
used as the “archive partition”, and will be used exclusively for storage of  
the archive stubs for migrated rows. All unmigrated rows will be held in  
the one or more remaining partitions of the table.  
An additional single-character column must be defined for the table. This  
will contain an archive indicator identifying whether a row is migrated or  
unmigrated. Views of the table are defined to allow existing applications  
to access the table without modification.  
Refer to the discussion on product implementation in chapter 2 of this manual  
for a full description of the actions required in order to enable a table for  
migration processing by DB2 Manager.  
Access to migrated rows  
DB2 Manager allows access to migrated rows without requiring any  
modifications to applications which use SQL to access tables containing  
migrated rows. All types of applications (batch, TSO, CICS, IMS etc.) are  
supported. Multiple migrated rows from a single table may be accessed via  
a single SQL command, using a cursor operation to retrieve individual rows.  
An application may also access migrated rows from more than one table via a  
single SQL command, using standard DB2 JOIN or UNION processing.  
The DB2 Manager “control region” (an OS/390 started task) must be started  
in order to enable this retrieval support. All Archive Manager database  
access will be performed from the control region, allowing full shared access  
to the Archive Manager database(s) containing migrated data.  
Retrieval of migrated rows  
10  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
A migrated row which has been retrieved from an Archive Manager database  
is presented back to the calling application on reference via SQL. No  
indication is given to the application that the row has been retrieved from  
Archive Manager, and the contents of the row will be identical to those prior  
to migration of the row from DB2.  
The following factors will govern the length of time taken to access a  
migrated row stored in a tape-resident object in an Archive Manager  
database:  
- The time taken to mount a tape. This is dependent on the automatic  
library robot accessor utilization rate.  
- The time taken to locate an object on a tape once mounted. This will  
depend on the amount of data held per Archive Manager tape volume  
(user-controlled via Archive Manager database initialization  
parameters).  
- Tape drive availability. Lack of tape drives will prevent immediate  
recall of objects from tape.  
DB2 Manager provides the following controls to optimize tape recall  
performance:  
- Specification of the maximum number of tape drives to be used by  
DB2 Manager for object retrieval. These controls are similar to those  
provided by the online recall component of Archive Manager (ie)  
drives required by DB2 Manager for tape object retrieval will be  
dynamically allocated and released as required, up to the maximum  
specified in the DB2 Manager drive control parameters.  
- Parameterized controls are provided to allow users to limit the length  
of queues of retrieval requests for any one specific tape volume. All  
requests subsequent to the first for a mounted tape will be satisfied by  
repositioning the tape. However, it may take up to 30 seconds to  
reposition a tape; in order to provide a control over the length of time  
taken to retrieve any one object, a limit may be placed on the number  
of requests queued for an active tape.  
If insufficient resources are available to satisfy an object retrieval request,  
DB2 Manager will reject the request with the appropriate SQL error and  
reason codes, or may optionally queue the request internally until sufficient  
resources become available or until a customer-specified time interval has  
elapsed.  
The above controls are specified using the DB2 Manager parameter library,  
and are processed during control region initialization. They may be  
dynamically adjusted during DB2 Manager operation via control region  
command processing.  
Update of migrated rows  
If an application updates a migrated row after retrieval from an Archive  
Manager database, the migrated copy of the row will be invalidated and the  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
updated row will be stored back in the DB2 table from which it was originally  
migrated. All reference to the migrated copy of the row in the Archive  
Manager database will have been deleted, causing this row to be  
unreferenced. This will effectively “re-migrate” the row from Archive  
Manager to DB2. The updated row will be stored back in a non-archive  
partition of the table - the corresponding 18-byte archive stub in the archive  
partition will be deleted allowing this space to be re-used for another archive  
stub.  
A migrated row which has been updated and stored back in DB2 will  
subsequently become eligible for re-migration to Archive Manager under the  
control of the DB2 Manager batch migration utility. Selection of that row via  
the SQL command used to control row migration for a table will cause it to be  
migrated from DB2 to Archive Manager – however, it should be noted that the  
migrated row will be stored in a different Archive Manager object from that  
used for storing the previous migrated copy of the row.  
The Archive Manager object containing a migrated row which has been  
updated and restored in the DB2 table will continue to remain in the Archive  
Manager database until all migrated rows stored in that object have been  
invalidated through update or deletion processing. The DB2 Manager  
database housekeeping utility is used to delete Archive Manager objects  
which no longer contain any active migrated rows. Following deletion of the  
Archive Manager object, the base Archive Manager object management and  
database maintenance utilities may be used to reclaim tape space occupied  
by the deleted object, if required. Refer to chapter 6 of this manual for a  
detailed description of this process.  
It should be noted that frequent updating of a row after it first becomes  
eligible for migration is likely to cause multiple instances of migration and re-  
migration activities, which may result in a high proportion of invalidated space  
in the Archive Manager database. Tables which are accessed by  
applications in this manner may not be appropriate for migration processing  
Deletion of migrated rows  
Migrated rows may be deleted by an application program using an SQL  
DELETE command. Deletion of the row will cause the migrated copy of row  
to be retrieved from the Archive Manager database, and the archive stub will  
then be deleted from the archive partition of the DB2 table, causing all  
reference to the migrated row to be removed.  
DB2 Manager housekeeping processing is used to synchronize deletion of a  
migrated row from the DB2 table with deletion of the Archive Manager object  
containing the migrated row, in an identical manner to that described for row  
12  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Management of migrated rows  
A set of batch utilities is supplied with the product in order to assist in  
management of migrated rows. The following utilities are supplied with v1.1  
of the product:  
Row restore utility. This will allow migrated rows to be returned to the  
table from which they were migrated. Customer-specified rules, using  
SQL command syntax, are used to select migrated rows for restore.  
Table analysis utility. This will analyze a table which has been enabled  
for row migration, and produce a detailed or summary report on the  
contents of the table. A detailed report will identify each row which has  
been migrated (by DB2 key), and identify the Archive Manager object  
containing the migrated row.  
Archive Manager database housekeeping utility. This will process a table  
which has been enabled for row migration, and delete any objects in the  
Archive Manager database associated with the DB2 table, which no  
longer contain any active migrated rows.  
Detailed descriptions of each of the above utilities may be found in chapter 6  
of this manual.  
DB2 Manager storage configuration  
Archive Manager is used for storage and retrieval of migrated rows, so all the  
functions and benefits of the base Archive Manager product are available for  
use with DB2 Manager.  
One or more Archive Manager databases must be defined on the system for  
storage of migrated rows. One Archive Manager database is required for  
each DB2 table which has been enabled for DB2 Manager migration  
processing. DB2 Manager will enforce the one-for-one relationship between  
DB2 table and Archive Manager database during migration processing.  
The Archive Manager database must be defined with a primary keylength of 4  
bytes. Each object in the database will contain one or more migrated rows –  
the maximum number of migrated rows per object is controlled via the  
OBJSIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager ENVCNTL parameter library  
member. A migrated row will be stored as a single record within the object –  
the product does not currently include support for DB2 LOBs, so the  
maximum size of any row which is eligible for migration is 32k bytes.  
The location of a migrated row within an Archive Manager database is  
determined by the following entities:  
1. Archive Manager database identifier. This is a unique 4-character  
identifier established by the customer, and is used to identify a single  
Archive Manager database throughout the product. The identifier of the  
database to be used to hold a migrated row is specified via execution  
parameter to the migration utility.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Primary key. This is a 4-byte (fullword) binary value, which is  
automatically assigned by DB2 Manager during migration processing. A  
primary key value of 1 will be assigned to the object containing the first  
row archived from a table after it has been enabled for archival. All rows  
within a single Archive Manager object will have the same primary key  
identifier. DB2 Manager will increment the primary key by 1 when  
creating a new object.  
3. Archive date. This is automatically assigned by DB2 Manager during  
archival processing, and will be equal to the system date on which the  
row is archived.  
4. Record offset. This is the record number within the object, which contains  
the migrated row (starting at 0, and continuing up to n-1, where ‘n’ is the  
value of the OBJSIZE parameter at time of archival).  
A concatenation of these four values will uniquely index each migrated row  
within the Archive Manager database. This information is held in the archive  
stub used by DB2 Manager to replace the migrated row in the DB2 table.  
All facilities supplied by the base Archive Manager product for managing data  
within the Archive Manager database are available for use with an DB2  
Manager implementation. This includes the following:  
Multiple tape copies  
Disk (‘K’) copy processing  
Disaster recovery support  
Multiple storage levels per database  
Tape recycling  
Tape backup/recovery support  
Dynamic load balancing  
Product implementation  
Implementation of DB2 archival solutions using DB2 Manager is aimed at  
tables and applications with the following characteristics:  
A high proportion of row retrieval requests are satisfied from a small  
proportion of the rows (eg) 90% of the requests reference only 10% of  
the rows. This can occur with tables which hold historical information –  
customer transactions etc.  
Data access patterns of this nature will permit an aggressive row archive  
policy to be implemented while limiting the impact on overall DB2  
response times, giving significant benefits in terms of reduced disk space  
utilization and/or DB2 housekeeping overhead.  
Once archived, data rows are unlikely to be updated frequently.  
Updating of an archived row via SQL command will cause the row to be  
returned from Archive Manager storage to DB2 storage (ie) “unarchiving”  
the row. The row will be subsequently re-archived under control of the  
archival selection criteria specified by the customer.  
14  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rows which have a high likelihood of being updated after archival may  
cause a significant amount of archival and re-archival processing. A  
table containing rows which are likely to be updated in this manner are  
not suitable for migration using DB2 Manager.  
DB2 Manager does not impose limitations on the way in which rows are  
referenced from a DB2 application program. Every possible means of  
accessing a migrated row via SQL commands is supported, including joins  
and unions.  
Multiple migrated and un-migrated rows from one or more tables may be  
accessed via a single SQL command from a DB2 application program.  
However, if a large number of migrated rows is referenced by execution of  
such a command, then it may take a substantial length of time for execution  
of that command to be completed if migrated rows are not resident on  
Archive Manager disk storage. Table migration via DB2 Manager may not  
be appropriate if retrieval requests of this nature are likely to be performed on  
a frequent basis.  
Alternatively, in these circumstances replacement of a single SQL command  
via a row-by-row operation using DB2 cursor processing will give a program  
control over the number of retrievals of migrated rows which may be required  
to complete an operation – in this case there will be a one-for-one  
relationship between a single FETCH command and a single migrated row  
retrieval operation.  
DB2 management processing  
Database backup and recovery  
There is no change required to backup and recovery processing procedures  
for tablespaces containing tables which have been enabled for DB2 Manager  
migration. Image copies should be taken normally as for non-enabled  
tables. However, as the size of the tablespaces used for storage of tables  
may now have been substantially reduced, the length of time taken for image-  
copy processing will be reduced by a corresponding amount.  
Restore of a tablespace containing a migration-enabled table is performed in  
an identical manner to that of a tablespace containing a non-enabled table.  
DB2 will restore the 18-byte stubs containing information about migrated  
rows, as well as restoring non-migrated rows, to the condition they were in at  
the time the image-copy was taken. The stubs contain all the information  
necessary to access migrated rows from Archive Manager.  
Database reorganization  
Tables which have been enabled for migration processing must be defined in  
a partitioned tablespace. This tablespace will have one partition for  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
exclusive storage of migrated row stubs, and one or more partitions for  
storage of non-migrated rows.  
Database reorganization processing should not be performed on the partition  
containing the migrated row stubs, unless absolutely necessary.  
Reorganization of this partition will cause all migrated rows to be retrieved  
from Archive Manager. If Archive Manager objects are held on tape storage  
only, this is likely to generate a substantial amount of tape activity and could  
take an excessive length of time to complete. However, all rows stored in  
this partition will be a fixed 18 bytes in length. In this case, deletion of rows is  
not likely to cause fragmentation in the tablespace, as deleted space can be  
re-used as required. The requirement for reorganization of this partition is  
thus not mandatory.  
Reorganization of other (non-migrated) partitions in the tablespace should be  
performed as normal. Regular reorganization will, in particular, be required  
for a period of time after implementation of DB2 Manager migration, in order  
to reclaim disk space occupied by rows which have been migrated to Archive  
Manager. This will allow these tablespace partitions to be reduced in size,  
eventually down to the size needed for the “working-set” of unmigrated rows  
(ie) rows which have yet to be migrated to Archive Manager.  
Pre-requisites for DB2 Manager implementation  
In order to use DB2 Manager version 1.1 on a system for implementation of  
Archive Manager support for storage and retrieval of DB2 table rows, the  
following software pre-requisites are required:  
- OS/390 V1.1 or higher  
- DB2 V4 or higher  
- Archive Manager V2.5 or higher  
- Support for 3480/3490/3590 device types.  
The following hardware pre-requisites will be required:  
- 3480/3490/3590-compatible cartridge tape devices.  
- A correctly sized STK 4400 ACS library configuration.  
Sizing of the hardware requirements is dependent on a number of factors  
relating to the volume and usage of DB2 tables which are to be eligible for  
row migration. This may be a complex task, and should be performed in  
conjunction with the StorageTek customer support representative for your  
installation.  
16  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
This page is intentionally left blank  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
17  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation and Implementation  
2
This section describes the activities required to install and implement DB2  
Manager for use in migrating and retrieving DB2 table rows to and from  
Archive Manager in a host system environment.  
After all activities described in this section have been successfully completed,  
DB2 Manager will be fully installed and Archive Manager support for DB2  
may then be enabled.  
Archive Manager implementation  
DB2 Manager uses the Archive Manager component of Storage Technology's  
Lifecycle Director product to perform its row migration and retrieval  
operations. Installation of Archive Manager on the same host system is  
therefore a mandatory pre-requisite for DB2 Manager implementation and  
use.  
Prior to proceeding with DB2 Manager implementation, customers should  
verify that installation and implementation of Archive Manager has been  
completed successfully. Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for  
details on implementation of this product. The installation verification  
procedure (IVP) supplied with the product should be executed to verify that  
Archive Manager has been successfully installed on the system on which  
DB2 Manager implementation is to be performed.  
Note that DB2 Manager does not use CICS support within Archive Manager.  
Archive Manager implementation and IVP activities relating to CICS need not  
be undertaken unless this support is needed for other (non-DB2) applications  
within the organization.  
DB2 Manager implementation procedures  
The following activities are required when installing DB2 Manager. A full  
description of each activity is provided in the section indicated in brackets.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Install distribution libraries with SMP/E  
Update DB2 Manager parameter library  
Perform MVS host system modifications  
Perform DB2 system modifications  
Define Archive Manager databases  
18  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Install distribution libraries  
DB2 Manager V1.1 is distributed on a standard-labeled magnetic tape  
cartridge in SMP/E RELFILE format. The cartridge has a serial number of  
OTD110. The distribution tape will contain the following datasets:  
Dataset Name  
Description  
1
SMPMCS  
SMP/E modification control  
statements for installation of  
the product.  
2
3
STK.SOTD110.F1  
STK.SOTD110.F2  
SMP/E JCLIN file.  
Partitioned dataset in  
IEBCOPY UNLOAD format  
containing JCL for use during  
product installation.  
4
5
6
7
8
STK.SOTD110.F3  
STK.SOTD110.F4  
STK.SOTD110.F5  
STK.SOTD110.F6  
STK.SOTD110.F7  
DB2 Manager distribution  
load library, in SMP/E  
RELFILE format.  
DB2 Manager distribution  
LPA library, in SMP/E  
RELFILE format.  
DB2 Manager distribution  
DBRM library, in SMP/E  
RELFILE format.  
DB2 Manager sample JCL  
library, in SMP/E RELFILE  
format.  
DB2 Manager sample  
parameter library, in SMP/E  
RELFILE format.  
To install DB2 Manager, perform the following steps:  
1) Copy the installation JCL (file 3) from the distribution tape to disk. The  
following JCL may be used for this purpose:  
//S1  
EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSIN  
DD DUMMY  
//SYSUT1  
DD DISP=(OLD,KEEP),UNIT=unit-name,  
VOL=(,RETAIN,SER=OTD110),  
LABEL=(3,SL,EXPDT=98000),  
DSN=STK.SOTD110.F2  
//  
//  
//  
//SYSUT2  
DD DISP=(NEW,CATLG),  
//  
//  
//  
DSN=DB2 Manager.install.JCL.library,  
SPACE=(TRK,(5,5,10)),UNIT=unit-name,  
VOL=SER=volser  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
On completion of the above step a partitioned dataset containing JCL to  
be used during the remainder of the installation process will have been  
created.  
2) Edit member SMPEDEF from the installation JCL dataset unloaded in the  
preceding step, as described within the dataset member itself. This job  
will define and initialize the SMP/E consolidated software inventory (CSI)  
dataset and create other SMP/E system datasets and the DB2 Manager  
target and distribution libraries. If any of these datasets are already in  
existence, delete them prior to running this job or amend the job to  
remove dataset creation or initialization processing, as required.  
After editing the member, submit it. Verify that all job steps complete with  
condition code 0, and that all datasets are created and cataloged  
successfully.  
3) Edit JCL member SMPERCV, as described within the member itself. This  
job performs SMP/E RECEIVE processing for the DB2 Manager V1.1  
function SYSMOD.  
After editing the member, submit it. Verify that SMP/E processing has  
completed with condition code 0.  
4) Edit JCL member SMPEAPP, as described within the member itself. This  
job performs SMP/E APPLY processing for the DB2 Manager V1.1  
function SYSMOD.  
After editing the member, submit it. Verify that SMP/E processing has  
completed with condition code 0.  
5) Optionally edit and submit JCL member SMPEACC. This job performs  
SMP/E ACCEPT processing for the DB2 Manager V1.1 function  
SYSMOD. Processing of this job may be deferred until later. However,  
no service can be applied to the product until SMP/E ACCEPT processing  
has been performed successfully.  
The DB2 Manager product distribution libraries will have been successfully  
created on completion of the above steps. Continue with product installation  
processing in the following section.  
Update DB2 Manager parameter library  
The DB2 Manager parameter library unloaded in the previous step will  
contain sample parameters for the following two DB2 Manager parameter  
library members:  
ENVCNTL  
parameters which inform DB2 Manager of its operating  
environment.  
TAPECNTL  
parameters which control the DB2 Manager control region  
configuration and environment.  
20  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
After unloading the sample parameter library, review all parameter values,  
and amend as necessary to reflect the host system's operating environment,  
and your own requirements for DB2 Manager migration and retrieval  
processing.  
Refer to chapter 3 of this manual for a full description of the DB2 Manager  
parameter library and the format of individual parameters.  
Perform MVS host system modifications  
The following MVS system changes will be required in order to implement  
DB2 Manager:  
a. APF-authorize DB2 Manager and Archive Manager load libraries.  
The DB2 Manager load library (file 4 from the distribution tape) and the  
Archive Manager load library (created during the Archive Manager installation  
process) should both be APF-authorized (APF-authorization is optional for  
stand-alone Archive Manager operation). Refer to IBM system  
documentation for a description of how to perform this procedure on your  
system.  
b. Create DB2 Manager control region procedure.  
The JCL member LCDDB2 from the distributed JCL library (file 3 on the  
distribution tape) should be copied to a system procedure library and  
amended as appropriate. The member and procedure name may be  
modified as required. Update the procedure with the names of the load and  
parameter libraries created during the distribution tape unload process. A  
listing of the distributed LCDDB2 procedure is given in appendix A.  
The LCDDB2 procedure must be started in order to initiate DB2 Manager  
control region processing. Note that the control region started task may be  
given any name chosen during install processing. The procedure will be  
referred to as LCDDB2 throughout the remainder of this manual.  
c. Assign DB2 Manager user identification.  
A unique system user identification (eg. LCDDB2) should be assigned for  
DB2 Manager use, using whatever system security product is installed on the  
host system. This user id should be assigned to execution of the DB2  
Manager control region,.  
The DB2 Manager user id may be used to control access to protected system  
resources, as determined by the system security administrator.  
d. Update the system Program Properties Table (PPT).  
The PPT should be updated in order to identify the DB2 Manager control  
region program OTDBP200 as a non-swappable system task. Refer to IBM  
system documentation for a description of how to perform this procedure on  
your system.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
The following is an example of how to specify the PPT entry in the  
appropriate SCHEDxx member of SYS1.PARMLIB:  
PPT  
PGMNAME(OTDBP200)  
NOSWAP  
KEY(7)  
SYST  
e. Update FLPA or MLPA definitions.  
The DB2 Manager SQL intercept module OTDBP300 from the distribution  
LPA library must be installed in the FLPA or MLPA. There are no functional  
considerations for DB2 Manager between installation of this module in the  
FLPA or MLPA, and consequently the choice may be left to the system  
programmer responsible for the administration of the system on which the  
installation is being performed.  
Using the FLPA will eliminate paging for execution of module OTDBP300, but  
will reduce the total amount of real storage available for system use by about  
2k bytes. If the amount of real storage available is limited, allow the above  
module to be paged as normal by installing it in the MLPA.  
To install in the FLPA, perform the following tasks:  
Add module OTDBP300 to member IEAFIXxx in SYS1.PARMLIB.  
OTDBP300 is on the distributed DB2 Manager LPA library – this library  
should be specified in the INCLUDE parameter as the location of the  
required module, or the module copied to another library which already  
has an entry in the SYS1.PARMLIB member.  
Add the NOPROT option to the FIX parameter in the IEASYSxx member  
in SYS1.PARMLIB, as follows:  
FIX = (xx,NOPROT)  
To install in the MLPA, perform the following tasks:  
Add module OTDBP300 to member IEALPAxx in SYS1.PARMLIB.  
OTDBP300 is on the distributed DB2 Manager LPA library – this library  
should be specified in the INCLUDE parameter as the location of the  
required module, or the module copied to another library which already  
has an entry in the SYS1.PARMLIB member.  
Add the NOPROT option to the MLPA parameter in the IEASYSxx  
member in SYS1.PARMLIB, as follows:  
MLPA = (xx,NOPROT)  
22  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
f. Allocate DB2 Manager SMF record identifier.  
The DB2 Manager control region will optionally create SMF records during  
object retrieval processing. This option is controlled via the SMFRECID  
parameter in the ENVCNTL parameter library member.  
If it is required that DB2 Manager should create SMF records, a unique SMF  
user record identifier (in the range 128-255) should be assigned for DB2  
Manager use. The allocated value should then be identified to DB2 Manager  
via the ENVCNTL SMFRECID parameter.  
g. Perform tape management system changes.  
Primary tape datasets created by DB2 Manager will all have a high-level  
qualifier of  
'hlq.G*'  
where ‘hlq’ is the high-level qualifier defined for the Archive Manager  
Backup or duplex tape datasets (as created during object migration) will all  
have high-level qualifiers of  
'hlq.xn.G*'.  
where ‘hlq’ is the high-level qualifier defined for the Archive Manager  
is the copy identifier, and ‘n’ is the Archive Manager storage level (‘0’ or ‘1’).  
The copy identifier ‘x’ may take the following values:  
B - indicates the primary backup copy created by the Archive  
Manager database backup utility OTASP110.  
C - indicates the duplex copy created during the object storage  
process (by table migration utility OTDBP100). This copy will only  
be created if Archive Manager duplexing has been enabled for the  
database being updated.  
D - indicates the duplex backup copy created by the Archive Manager  
database backup utility OTASP110. This copy will only be created  
if Archive Manager backup duplexing has been enabled for the  
database being updated.  
Any tape management software present on the system should be amended  
as required to establish appropriate scratch pool and retention period  
controls. If required, the retention period or expiry date of tape volumes  
created in an Archive Manager database may be specified via the Archive  
Manager database administration procedure, in TSO/ISPF.  
Where possible, a retention period of ‘CATALOG’ should be established for  
each DB2 Manager scratch pool. When used with the Archive Manager  
‘AUTOUNCAT’ facility, this will facilitate automatic return of tape volumes to  
the scratch pool after release by the Archive Manager database maintenance  
utility. Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for further information  
about tape scratch pools and the tape database maintenance utility.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Primary or secondary DB2 Manager tape datasets will be released under the  
following circumstances:  
The Archive Manager tape backup utility will automatically uncatalog  
backup datasets which are being recreated during the migration process  
(this will occur when objects are added to a partially-used volume during  
the migration process; the backup of the partially-used volume will be  
released).  
The Archive Manager tape database management utility will release  
volumes from within a storage group database which contain less than a  
user-supplied threshold of active objects. Released volumes will be  
automatically uncataloged by the utility if the AUTOUNCAT option has  
been specified for that storage group database via the Archive Manager  
database maintenance facility.  
h. Perform STK Host Software Component (HSC) changes.  
The relevant modifications should be made to the HSC software which  
controls operation of the StorageTek library configuration and environment, in  
order to ensure that scratch tapes used during the DB2 Manager object  
migration process are located within the library configuration. All Archive  
Manager tape datasets will have a high level qualifier as specified during the  
It is essential for object retrieval processing that all primary volumes within an  
Archive Manager database can be mounted automatically in response to an  
object recall request. For this reason, all such cartridges should be located  
within a StorageTek library configuration.  
Appropriate controls should also be established to handle creation of backup  
and duplex tape datasets as required (eg) use scratch tapes from non-library  
drives with automatic cartridge loaders (for subsequent storage on library  
shelving), or use scratch tapes from within a remote library configuration (for  
automatic offsite storage).  
Refer to the relevant StorageTek manual, or contact your StorageTek  
Software Support Representative (SSR) for details on how to implement the  
above controls.  
i. Update automated reply software controls.  
Occasionally, it may happen that there are no tape drives available to satisfy  
a request from DB2 Manager for object retrieval from a non-mounted tape  
volume.  
When this occurs, normal allocation recovery processing will be performed by  
the host system control program, resulting in the display of message IEF247I  
followed by the following message:  
IEF238D jjj - REPLY DEVICE NAME, 'WAIT' OR CANCEL'  
While this reply is outstanding, DB2 Manager will be unable to service the  
request which caused allocation recovery to be entered.  
24  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To avoid any unnecessary and unpredictable delays due to this situation, any  
automated operator reply facility which is present on the host system should  
be configured to reply 'CANCEL' to the above message for any DB2 Manager  
retrieval request (ie) a request for retrieval from an Archive Manager tape  
dataset.  
DB2 Manager will handle a reply of 'CANCEL' in the following manner:  
1. For row retrieval requests, a ‘resource unavailable’ response will be  
raised by DB2 Manager. An SQL –652 error is then returned to the caller  
and a reason code placed field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA (refer to  
chapter 7 of this manual for a description of these codes), or optionally  
the request will be held internally in DB2 Manager until a tape drive  
becomes available or until a customer-specified time interval has elapsed  
(at which time the request will be rejected as above). For rejected  
requests, the calling application may be amended to handle this type of  
error in a special manner (eg) to display a retry message to the end user.  
2. For row migration requests, DB2 Manager will retry the allocation at one-  
minute intervals, up to a retry limit of 30. If, after this limit has been  
reached, allocation has still not been successful, an error is returned to  
the DB2 Manager migration utility, and the program will terminate.  
Perform DB2 system modifications  
DB2 Manager requires its own DB2 database for execution. This database  
must be defined in all DB2 systems which are to be used by DB2 Manager  
and the appropriate authorities granted before the product can be used.  
Each DB2 system must also be updated with details of the plan(s) required  
by DB2 Manager. The following activities will need to be performed:  
a. Create LCDDB2 system database and grant access authorities.  
DB2 Manager uses its own database for retention of internal information.  
This is a DB2 database containing the following tables:  
LCDDB2.REGISTRY. This table is used for registration of tables which  
have been enabled for row migration, and identifies the Archive Manager  
database used for storing migrated rows from each of the tables. It is  
automatically maintained during DB2 Manager migration processing.  
LCDDB2.PLAN_TABLE. This table is used internally by DB2 Manager for  
DB2 EXPLAIN processing when validating customer-specified row  
selection criteria.  
During normal operation, DB2 Manager will need to access and update  
resources in its system database. The following table identifies these  
database resources and the level of access required to each.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Resource type  
DATABASE  
TABLESPACE  
TABLE  
Resource name  
LCDDB2  
Access required  
CREATETAB  
USE OF  
LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS  
LCDDB2.PLAN_TABLE  
SELECT,DELETE,  
INSERT,UPDATE  
TABLE  
LCDDB2.REGISTRY  
SELECT,DELETE,I  
NSERT,UPDATE  
Member OTDBDEF in the distributed DB2 Manager JCL library supplies a job  
to allocate and define this database, and to grant the above authorities. Edit  
this member, following the instructions at the head of the member, and  
submit the job. A copy of the supplied OTDBDEF job can be found in  
appendix A of this manual.  
b. Create DB2 Manager application plan.  
DB2 Manager requires one or more DB2 plans for execution of its batch  
utilities. Plan names are specified via the PLAN execution parameter for  
each utility.  
It should be noted in this context that DBRMs shipped with the base product  
or with service packages are created with the VERSION(AUTO) pre-compiler  
option. This will allow multiple copies of the same package to be bound to a  
single DB2 plan, to allow different versions of DB2 Manager programs to  
execute using that plan. Alternatively, separate plans can be created and  
execution controlled via use of the PLAN execution parameter.  
Edit member OTDBPKG in the distributed DB2 Manager JCL library (file 3 on  
the distribution tape). This contains JCL to create DB2 packages from  
DBRMs supplied with the product. Instructions for editing the JCL are  
provided at the top of the file.  
After executing member OTDBPKG, edit and submit member OTDBPLAN in  
the distributed DB2 Manager JCL library (file 3 on the distribution tape). This  
contains JCL to create the application plan to be used by DB2 Manager and  
to grant DB2 authorities for access to the plan. Again, instructions for editing  
the JCL are provided at the top of the file.  
A copy of the supplied OTDBPKG and OTDBPLAN jobs can be found in  
appendix A of this manual.  
26  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Define Archive Manager databases  
DB2 Manager uses the Archive Manager component of the Lifecycle Director  
of DB2 product for storage and retrieval of objects. Migrated rows are held in  
one or more Archive Manager databases, one Archive Manager database  
being used per DB2 table which has been enabled for migration processing  
(ie) there is a one-for-one correspondence between DB2 tables and Archive  
Manager databases in the DB2 Manager configuration. This one-for-one  
correspondence is enforced during row migration processing.  
Each Archive Manager database must be defined prior to first migrating rows  
from a DB2 table to DB2 Manager.  
Definition of an Archive Manager database is performed using the standard  
Archive Manager database administration dialogs under TSO/ISPF. Refer to  
the Archive Manager User Manual for a full description of the Archive  
Manager database definition procedure.  
This section summarizes the procedure for the definition of an DB2 Manager  
migrated row database.  
1. Logon to the Archive Manager database administration dialog in  
TSO/ISPF. Consult the person(s) responsible for Archive Manager  
database administration in your installation if you are unsure of how to  
invoke this facility.  
2. From the main Archive Manager database administration menu, enter the  
name to be assigned to the database’s primary index dataset in the  
‘primary index name’ field. Any valid unique name may be chosen for this  
dataset.  
Select option 3 from this menu, and press ENTER. Panel OTSN4300  
(the base database definition panel) will be displayed.  
Length of primary Enter the value ‘4’.  
key  
Archive Manager Enter the user SVC number allocated for  
user SVC no Archive Manager during the product installation  
procedure. This must be a numeric value in the  
range 200-255. Consult the person(s)  
responsible for installing Archive Manager on  
your system if you are unsure of this value.  
HLQ for this Enter the 1-30 character high level qualifier to be  
database assigned by Archive Manager for all system  
datasets created within the database.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Data retention This entry should be allowed to default to a  
period value of 0 years and 0 days (ie) no automatic  
expiry. Archive Manager objects should not be  
allowed to expire. They will be explicitly deleted  
by the DB2 Manager database housekeeping  
utility when they do not contain any more active  
migrated rows.  
OTSN4300  
Lifecycle Director  
Archive Manager V2.6  
Base Database Definition  
Enter values  
COMMAND ===>  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Primary index name ===> OTDB.V1R1.TEST.INDEX  
Length of primary key ===>  
User SVC no ===>  
HLQ for this database ===>  
Data retention period ===>  
System dataset unitname ===>  
yrs  
days  
Online processing options:  
Retain tapes on drive for ===>  
Age range of tapes to be retained on drive ===>  
minutes  
to  
days old  
Audit options:  
Retrieval logging options:  
Audit trail on? ===>  
Journal archiving enabled? ===>  
SMF record id ===>  
Batch retrieval logging on? ===>  
CICS retrieval logging on? ===>  
Figure 1 - base database definition panel OTSN4300  
Online processing These fields should be left blank. Entries in  
options these fields are only used by the CICS retrieval  
interface in Archive Manager. This interface is  
not used by DB2 Manager.  
The ‘audit options’ fields are optional, and may be entered as  
required. Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description  
of these fields and their usage.  
After all required entries have been made, press 'ENTER'. When all  
entries have been accepted, the storage level definition panel  
OTSN4301 will be displayed to allow storage level 0 to be defined for  
the Archive Manager database.  
28  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTSN4301  
Lifecycle Director  
Archive Manager V2.6  
Storage Level Definition  
Enter values  
COMMAND ===>  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Primary index name ===> OTDB.V1R1.TEST.INDEX  
Storage level ===> 0  
More:  
+
Database blocksize ===>  
Maximum blockcount per volume ===>  
Unit name for scratch allocn: A ===>  
C ===>  
B ===>  
D ===>  
Tape usage options:  
ICRC ===>  
Retention period ===>  
or Expiry date ===>  
Dynamic load balancing ===>  
Volsafe enabled: A ===>  
C ===>  
B ===>  
D ===>  
D/b maintenance options:  
Duplexing options:  
Recycle threshold ===>  
AUTOUNCAT during recycle ===>  
Disk compress threshold ===>  
%
%
Duplex during archival ===>  
Duplex during backup ===>  
Disk copy options:  
Unit name ===>  
Primary alloc ===>  
Secondary alloc ===>  
Dataset blocksize ===>  
Initial retention ===>  
Release unused space ===>  
Pre-fetch retention ===>  
days  
days Maximum blockcount ===>  
Figure 2 - storage level definition panel OTSN4301  
Enter the value ‘32760’.  
Database  
blocksize  
Enter the unit name(s) to be used by Archive  
Manager when dynamically allocating primary  
and backup copies of new tape datasets in  
storage level 0 in this Archive Manager database.  
These should be a 1 to 8-character alphanumeric  
identifier which identify a valid esoteric unit name  
or device address on the host system control  
program.  
Unit name for  
scratch  
allocation  
All other fields on this panel are optional. Refer to the Archive Manager  
User Manual for a description of these fields and their usage.  
After all required entries have been made, press 'ENTER'. When all  
entries have been accepted, the primary index Access Method Services  
panel OTSN4302 will be displayed to enable customization of the primary  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
index definition parameters for the Archive Manager database being  
defined.  
5. After all database definition and initialization parameters have been  
accepted, one or more Access Method Services (AMS) control panels will  
be displayed to allow customization of AMS parameters used by Archive  
Manager when defining system datasets for the database being defined.  
AMS control panels will be displayed in the following sequence:  
1. OTSN4302 - the primary index AMS control panel. This panel is  
always displayed. Values entered on this panel will be used when  
creating the primary index dataset (VSAM KSDS) for the database  
being defined.  
2. OTSN4303 - the journal dataset Archive Manager control panel. This  
panel will only be displayed if the audit control option was enabled on  
panel OTSN4300. Values entered on this panel will be used during  
creation of the journal dataset (VSAM ESDS) for the database being  
defined.  
3. OTSN4304 - the journal archive database AMS control panel. This  
panel will only be displayed if both the audit control facility and journal  
archiving were enabled on panel OTSN4300. Values entered on this  
panel will be used during creation of the journal archive database  
primary index dataset (VSAM KSDS).  
contain some or all of the following fields:  
Optional entry. Enter the serial number (1-6  
alphanumeric, national or special characters) of  
the disk volume on which the dataset is to be  
created.  
Volume serial  
number  
This parameter may be omitted if the volume is to  
be automatically selected by the operating  
system.  
For primary index definition (panel OTSN4302)  
enter a value of ‘CYL’. For journal or journal  
archive definitions (panels OTSN4303 and panel  
OTSN4304), refer to the Archive Manager User  
Manual for a discussion of sizing of these  
datasets.  
Unit of  
allocation  
30  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTSN4302  
Lifecycle Director  
Enter values  
Archive Manager V2.6  
Access Method Services Control  
COMMAND ===>  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Primary index name ===> OTDB.V1R1.TEST.INDEX  
Primary index control:  
Volume serial number ===>  
Unit of allocation ===>  
Primary allocation value ===>  
Secondary allocation value ===>  
Data CI size ===>  
Index CI size ===>  
Delete before define? ===>  
(Y/N)  
Press ENTER after all details have been entered correctly.  
After all database definition parameters have been accepted,  
the primary index will be allocated and initialized.  
Figure 3 - Access Method Services control panel OTSN4302  
For primary index definition (panel OTSN4302),  
enter the number of cylinders to be used for  
allocation of the primary data extent of the index  
dataset. Each object containing migrated rows  
will occupy 40 bytes of index storage. The  
maximum number of migrated rows is set using  
the OBJSIZE parameter in the ENVCNTL  
parameter library member. Ensure that the  
primary index allocation value is sufficient to  
contain the highest number of objects that are  
expected to be held in this Archive Manager  
database.  
Primary  
allocation value  
For journal or journal archive definitions (panels  
OTSN4303 and panel OTSN4304), refer to the  
Archive Manager User Manual for a discussion of  
sizing of these datasets.  
Enter the required secondary allocation value for  
the index or journal datasets, as appropriate.  
Secondary  
allocation value  
Enter the control interval (CI) size to be used for  
allocation of the data component of the dataset.  
This should be a valid VSAM control interval size.  
If omitted, a control interval size of 16k is used for  
the data component.  
Data CI size  
Optional entry. Enter the control interval size to  
Index CI size  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
31  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
be used for allocation of the index component of  
the dataset (KSDS only). This should be a valid  
VSAM control interval size. If omitted, a control  
interval size of 2k is used for the index  
component.  
Optional entry. Enter the value 'Y' if Archive  
Manager should attempt to delete the dataset  
before it is defined. Enter 'N' if no deletion  
request should be issued.  
Delete before  
define?  
Press 'ENTER' after all required entries have been made on each panel. After  
all AMS control panel entries have been accepted, the database will be  
defined and initialized.  
The above Archive Manager database definition procedure should be  
executed once for each DB2 table which is to be processed by DB2 Manager.  
Verify DB2 Manager installation  
After all DB2 Manager installation activities, as specified in the preceding  
sections, have been successfully performed, product implementation may be  
verified by starting the DB2 Manager control region.  
Before doing this, ensure that all necessary parameters in the ENVCNTL and  
TAPECNTL parameter library members have been coded correctly, as  
described in chapter 3.  
The DB2 Manager control region may be started by entering the command:  
START procedure_name  
on the system console.  
If ‘COMMAND=REPLY’ has been specified (or allowed to default) in the  
ENVCNTL parameter library member, the operator reply message:  
OTD20000 Enter request:  
will be displayed on the console after successful initialization of the control  
region. Operator commands may be entered by replying to the outstanding  
operator reply message.  
If ‘COMMAND=MODIFY’ has been specified in the ENVCNTL parameter  
library member, operator commands may be entered using the MVS MODIFY  
command structure.  
Refer to chapter 4 of this manual for details of the operator commands  
available to control and shutdown the DB2 Manager control region.  
If any error occurs during control region initialization processing, refer to the  
description of the displayed message in chapter 7 for details of the  
initialization error. Perform the appropriate corrective action before restarting  
the DB2 Manager control region.  
32  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DB2 Manager Parameter  
Specification  
3
DB2 Manager uses its own parameter library to allow users to control the  
operation of the product. This parameter library is a partitioned dataset  
containing the following members:  
ENVCNTL -  
used to specify general parameters relating to the DB2  
Manager operating environment.  
TAPECNTL - used to specify controls relating to object retrieval processing  
by the DB2 Manager control region.  
A sample parameter library containing all of the above members is distributed  
with the product on file 4 of the distribution tape. This file will provide a  
sample specification of each of the parameters used by DB2 Manager. The  
sample parameter library may be used for DB2 Manager operation at your  
installation after updating the library members as required.  
Use ISPF EDIT, or any equivalent editing facility present on your system, to  
create and/or maintain these parameter library members.  
DB2 Manager parameters will be validated during control region initialization  
processing. Any invalid parameter used will be reported via a display in the  
system and job logs, and initialization of the control region will terminate. In  
this case, the parameter in error should be corrected on the parameter  
library, and the DB2 Manager control region restarted.  
General parameter format  
Each parameter library member will consist of a variable number of 80-byte  
records, each record containing one or more separate parameter entries. In  
general, each parameter entry must be completely contained within one  
record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry from one record to  
another is not permitted. A single record may contain multiple parameter  
entries.  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. Multiple keyword parameter entries may be  
specified in each parameter record, each 'keyword=value' string being  
separated by one or more spaces, and optionally a single comma (',').  
The first keyword parameter in a record may begin in any character position  
from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up to character position 80 of the  
34  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
record. Individual keyword parameters may not be continued over more than  
one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
Any departure from this general format will be indicated with individual  
parameter descriptions.  
ENVCNTL parameters  
These parameters are used to pass information to DB2 Manager about its  
operating environment, and to control certain aspects of DB2 Manager  
operation which do not fall into the categories controlled by other parameter  
library members.  
Parameters in this member have the general parameter format described on  
ENVCNTL: SMFRECID  
SMFRECID = 0|nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 0  
Validation: 'nnn' = 3 numeric digits in the range 128-255.  
Use: The SMFRECID parameter is used to control the creation of  
SMF records by DB2 Manager for the recording of migrated  
row storage and retrieval activities.  
A value of 0 indicates that no SMF recording is to be  
performed by DB2 Manager.  
A non-zero value (in the range 128-255) is used to specify the  
value of the identifier of the SMF records written by DB2  
Manager. The default value is 0 (ie) no SMF recording.  
usage, and for a description of the DB2 Manager SMF record  
layout.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ENVCNTL: OBJSIZE  
OBJSIZE = nnnnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 1000  
Validation: 'nnnnn' = a 1- to 5-digit numeric value in the range 1-65535.  
Use: The OBJSIZE parameter is used to specify the maximum  
number of migrated rows to be stored per Archive Manager  
object.  
Notes: Increasing the maximum number of rows which may be stored  
per Archive Manager object will reduce the size of the primary  
index file required for indexing objects in the Archive Manager  
database, but will add a little overhead to the time taken to  
retrieved a migrated row from the database.  
During row retrieval processing, Archive Manager will first of  
all locate the start of the object containing the migrated row,  
using a high-speed block locate process, then process the  
object sequentially until the logical record containing the  
migrated row is encountered. A larger number of migrated  
rows (i.e. logical records) per object will increase the average  
time taken to perform this sequential record locate process.  
Note that the value specified (or defaulted) here for the global  
OBJSIZE parameter will be used in conjunction with the  
OTDBP100 COMMIT parameter specified during table  
migration processing, in order to determine the number of  
rows to be stored per object in the Archive Manager database.  
The actual number of rows per objects will be the lower of the  
two values (COMMIT or OBJSIZE).  
ENVCNTL: READTIMEOUT  
READTIMEOUT = nnnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 10  
Validation: ‘nnnn’ = a 1- to 4-digit numeric value in the range 1-1440.  
Use: The READTIMEOUT parameter specifies the maximum  
number of minutes that the SQL intercept routine is to wait for  
a response from the control region, during row retrieval  
processing. If no request is received within this time, the  
36  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
request will be rejected with a ‘timeout’ condition.  
An SQL error of –652 will be returned to the requesting  
application. Field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA will contain the  
hexadecimal value x’0A’.  
ENVCNTL: WRITETIMEOUT  
WRITETIMEOUT = nnnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 10  
Validation: ‘nnnn’ = a 1- to 4-digit numeric value in the range 1-1440.  
Use: The WRITETIMEOUT parameter specifies the maximum  
number of minutes a writer task is to wait for a request, when  
connected to an Archive Manager database. If no request is  
received within this time, the writer task will issue an Archive  
Manager ‘disconnect without commit’ request to disconnect  
from the Archive Manager database.  
Any subsequent request from the table migration utility to store  
a migrated row in that database will be rejected, and the utility  
will terminate abnormally.  
TAPECNTL parameters  
These parameters are used to control operation of the DB2 Manager control  
region.  
Parameters in this member have the general parameter format described on  
TAPECNTL: MAXTRDR  
MAXTRDR = nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 4  
Validation: nnn = 1-3 digit numeric value in range 0 - 255  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Use: The MAXTRDR parameter specifies the number of active  
tape-reader subtasks which are to be created in the DB2  
Manager control region.  
Notes: This parameter indirectly controls the maximum number of  
tape drives which may be concurrently allocated by the control  
region.  
If TAPEWAIT=0 is specified, requests which cause this  
maximum to be exceeded will receive a “resource busy”  
condition from DB2 Manager - an SQL error code of –652 will  
be returned to the calling application and field SQLERRD(6) in  
the SQLCA will contain the hexadecimal value x’0A’.  
Non-zero values of TAPEWAIT will cause requests which  
encounter this condition to be held internally for processing  
until a tape drive becomes available, or until the time limit  
specified in the TAPEWAIT parameter is exceeded, at which  
point a “resource busy” condition will be returned to the calling  
application, as above.  
This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET MAXTRDR’ operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of MAXTRDR=4  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: MAXDRDR  
MAXDRDR = nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 4  
Validation: nnn = 1-3 digit numeric value in range 1 - 255  
Use: The MAXDRDR parameter specifies the number of active disk-  
reader subtasks which are to be created in the DB2 Manager  
control region. This is set during control region initialization,  
and may be varied thereafter using the ‘SET MAXDRDR’  
operator command.  
Notes: This parameter indirectly controls the maximum number of  
Archive Manager ‘K’ copy files which are to be simultaneously  
allocated by the DB2 Manager control region for retrieval of  
disk-resident objects from Archive Manager.  
Requests for retrieval of an object from an Archive Manager  
‘K’ copy file are added to the disk-reader subtask with the  
shortest queue length. Increasing the number of disk-reader  
subtasks will reduce the average queue length per subtask,  
38  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
and may improve retrieval response times.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of MAXDRDR=4  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: MAXTWTR  
MAXTWTR = nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 4  
Validation: nnn = 1-3 digit numeric value in range 1 - 255  
Use: The MAXTWTR parameter specifies the number of active  
tape-writer subtasks which are to created in the DB2 Manager  
control region.  
Notes: Each execution of the DB2 Manager table migration utility will  
acquire a single tape-writer subtask. The value of the  
MAXTWTR controls the maximum number of row migration  
jobs which may execute concurrently.  
This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET MAXTWTR’ operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of MAXTWTR=4  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: MAXSCHED  
MAXSCHED = nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 4  
Validation: nnn = 1-3 digit numeric value in range 1 - 255  
Use: The MAXSCHED parameter specifies the number of active  
scheduler subtasks which are to created in the DB2 Manager  
control region.  
Notes: A scheduler subtask is responsible for receiving requests from  
the SQL intercept module, validating them and passing valid  
requests to the appropriate component within the DB2  
Manager control region for further processing.  
Increasing the number of scheduler tasks will reduce the  
average length of time that it takes to assign a row storage or  
retrieval request to the appropriate subtask. However, each  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
scheduler subtask introduces some processing overhead, so  
care should be taken to avoid over-allocation of this setting.  
This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET MAXSCHED’ operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of MAXSCHED=4  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: MAXQLEN  
MAXQLEN = nnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 4  
Validation: nnn = 1-3 digit numeric value in range 1 - 256  
Use: The MAXQLEN parameter specifies the maximum number of  
retrieval requests which may be simultaneously queued for  
any single tape-reader subtask in the control region.  
Notes: DB2 Manager will queue requests for retrieval from an Archive  
Manager tape volume which is already being processed, on a  
'first-in first-out' basis, up to the maximum level specified in  
this parameter.  
If TAPEWAIT=0 is specified, requests which cause this  
maximum to be exceeded will receive a “resource busy”  
condition from DB2 Manager - an SQL error code of –652 will  
be returned to the calling application and field SQLERRD(6) in  
the SQLCA will contain the hexadecimal value x’0A’.  
Non-zero values of TAPEWAIT will cause requests which  
encounter this condition to be held internally for processing  
until a tape drive becomes available, or until the time limit  
specified in the TAPEWAIT parameter is exceeded, at which  
point a “resource busy” condition will be returned to the calling  
application, as above.  
This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET MAXQLEN' operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of MAXQLEN=4  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: RETAINTAPE  
RETAINTAPE = nnnn  
40  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 0  
Validation: nnnn = 1-4 digit numeric value in range 0 - 1440  
Use: The RETAINTAPE parameter specifies the number of minutes  
for which a tape is to remain mounted after all outstanding  
retrieval requests from that tape have been processed by the  
DB2 Manager control region.  
A tape which has not been referenced for the specified interval  
will be automatically dismounted. A dismount of a tape may  
be forced by DB2 Manager prior to expiration of this time  
interval if no free tape drive is available for allocation of a new  
tape volume, and the tape is the least-recently referenced of  
all currently mounted tape volumes.  
A value of 0 indicates that tapes will be dismounted  
immediately after the last outstanding request for retrieval from  
each tape has been processed.  
A value of 1440 indicates that tapes are held permanently on a  
drive until a dismount is forced when there are no free tape  
drives to satisfy a new request (as described above), or until  
termination of the DB2 Manager control region.  
Notes: This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET RETAINTAPE' operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of RETAINTAPE=0  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: TAPEWAIT  
TAPEWAIT = nnnn  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: 0  
Validation: nnnn = 1-4 digit numeric value in range 0 - 1440  
Use: TAPEWAIT is an optional parameter which is used to control  
whether retrieval requests for tape-resident Archive Manager  
objects which cannot be immediately satisfied are rejected  
(with a ‘resource unavailable’ reason code) or queued  
internally until a tape retrieval resource becomes available, or  
until a maximum wait limit has been exceeded. ‘nnnn’ must  
be a 1-4 digit numeric character string in the range 0-1440,  
which specifies the maximum number of minutes for which  
requests are to be queued internally.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
If set to 0 (the default), no internal queuing of requests will  
take place in the above circumstances and the request will be  
rejected with a ‘resource unavailable’ reason code.  
If the TAPEWAIT parameter value is in the range 1-1439,  
requests will be queued internally until processed or until the  
maximum queuing time in minutes (as specified in this  
parameter) has been exceeded. Requests will then be  
rejected with a ‘resource unavailable’ reason code (as above).  
If the TAPEWAIT parameter value is 1440, then requests will  
be held indefinitely in the internal queue until the necessary  
resources to process the request become available.  
Notes: This setting may be varied during DB2 Manager operation via  
the 'SET TAPEWAIT’ operator command.  
If this parameter is omitted, a default value of TAPEWAIT=0  
will be used.  
TAPECNTL: COMMAND  
COMMAND = REPLY|MODIFY  
Requirement: Optional  
Default: COMMAND=REPLY  
Validation: The parameter values REPLY or MODIFY must be specified.  
Use: This is an optional parameter which is used to control the  
method by which operator commands are passed to the DB2  
Manager control region. The default value of ‘REPLY’ will  
cause the control region to output the operator reply message  
OTD20000 when it is ready to receive an operator command.  
If ‘MODIFY’ is specified, no operator reply message will be  
displayed. Operator commands must be entered via an MVS  
MODIFY command  
(eg) F LCDDB2,SET MAXTRDR=2  
The value of this setting cannot be modified during control  
region operation  
42  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
This page is intentionally left blank  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DB2 Manager Control Region  
4
All access to Archive Manager databases containing migrated rows is  
performed via the DB2 Manager control region. This is a started task, which  
must be initiated prior to performing any DB2 row migration or retrieval  
activities.  
This chapter describes the operation and control of the DB2 Manager control  
region.  
The DB2 Manager control region performs the following functions:  
Enables DB2 Manager for Archive Manager database processing.  
Enables interception of all SQL insert, update and retrieve commands for  
DB2 tables which have been enabled for DB2 Manager migration  
processing.  
Establishes the environment for object storage and retrieval from Archive  
Manager.  
Processes SQL retrieve and update requests for rows which have been  
migrated to Archive Manager.  
Performs object storage processing when migrating rows to an Archive  
Manager database.  
Performs SMF record creation to record DB2 Manager row access activity.  
Processes requests from the operator interface facility.  
No other system activities are required in order to enable DB2 Manager row  
storage and retrieval processing. In particular, no modifications are required  
to existing application coding to allow access to rows which have been  
migrated to an Archive Manager database.  
Control region initialization  
The DB2 Manager control region is initiated as an MVS started task. Any  
valid procedure name may be assigned to this started task. The procedure  
used for starting this task was created during the DB2 Manager installation  
process. JCL to execute this procedure is supplied in the sample JCL library  
distributed with the product.  
The following points should be noted regarding creation and maintenance of  
the LCDDB2 procedure:  
44  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
The distributed DB2 Manager and Archive Manager load libraries must be  
available to this task, either via the system linklist, or from the procedure's  
STEPLIB concatenation.  
The DB2 Manager control region must run with APF-authorization. Both  
the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager load libraries must therefore be  
APF-authorized. If these libraries are specified via the STEPLIB  
concatenation, failure to APF-authorize either of them will result in the  
loss of APF-authorization for the control region itself. This is likely to  
cause a system 047 abend during control region processing.  
The installed DB2 Manager parameter library should be specified in the  
procedure's SYSPARM DD card. Parameter settings should be reviewed  
and set as required prior to control region start-up (see chapter 3).  
The primary index for each Archive Manager database containing rows  
which have been migrated from DB2 must be identified in a DD entry in  
the control region procedure. Each entry should have a DD name of  
OTASXXXX (where XXXX is the 4-character identifier of the Archive  
Manager database, as specified in the execution parameters of the table  
primary index of the Archive Manager database (e.g.)  
//OTASST01 DD DSN=Archive Manager.ST01.INDEX,DISP=SHR  
To start DB2 Manager control region initialization, enter the system operator  
command – note that a procedure name of LCDDB2 is used in the following  
illustrations:  
START LCDDB2  
The DB2 Manager control region will display a number of informational  
messages during initialization processing. After successful initialization, if  
‘COMMAND=REPLY’ was specified (or defaulted) in the TAPECNTL  
parameter library member the following operator reply message will be  
displayed:  
OTD20000 Enter request:  
If ‘COMMAND=MODIFY’ was specified, the following message will be  
displayed:  
OTD20021 Initialization completed successfully  
DB2 Manager has now initialized successfully, and support has been enabled  
for access to rows which have been migrated from DB2 to Archive Manager.  
Any errors encountered during the initialization process will be displayed on  
the system console, and DB2 Manager initialization terminated. The  
appropriate message in chapter 7 of the user manual should be consulted to  
identify the cause of the error. Take the recommended action to rectify the  
problem then restart the control region.  
Note that DB2 does not need to be started for successful initialization of the  
DB2 Manager control region to take place.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control region components  
The control region must be initialized in order to enable DB2 Manager to  
access migrated rows, and to allow migration of rows from DB2 to Archive  
access mechanism. This also shows the MLPA/FLPA-resident SQL  
intercept processor OTDBP300, which must be defined as a DB2 row edit  
procedure for each table which is to be enabled for migration processing by  
DB2 Manager. OTDBP300 will pass any request which requires access to a  
migrated row to the DB2 Manager control region, and wait for processing of  
the request to complete before returning control to the calling application.  
DB2 Manager  
control region  
control region  
tape  
reader  
tasks  
housekeeping  
task  
FLPA/MLPA storage  
Archive  
Manager  
databases  
OTDBP300  
SQL  
intercept  
processor  
control  
region  
request  
disk  
reader  
tasks  
schedulers  
control  
region  
control  
DB2  
writer  
tasks  
processor  
Figure 4: Structure of DB2 Manager control region  
46  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Control processor. This component is responsible for initiation and  
termination of the control region, and for processing operator  
requests.  
Writer tasks. There will be one or more writer tasks – the number of  
writer tasks is controlled via the MAXTWTR initialization parameter.  
A single writer task will be used exclusively for storage of migrated  
rows in an Archive Manager database, during execution of the DB2  
Manager table migration utility. The existence of multiple writer  
tasks will enable multiple row migration jobstreams to be executed  
concurrently on different Archive Manager databases.  
Tape reader tasks. There will be one or more tape reader tasks – the  
number of these tasks is controlled by the MAXTRDR initialization  
parameter. A tape reader task will be invoked by the DB2 Manager  
SQL intercept processor during object retrieval, update and deletion  
processing, when a migrated row is to be retrieved from a tape-  
resident Archive Manager object. Each reader task will be able to  
process a single tape volume at any one time. The number of tape  
reader tasks controls the number of tape volumes which may be  
processed concurrently for this type of processing.  
Disk reader tasks. There will be one or more disk reader tasks – the  
number of these tasks is controlled by the MAXDRDR initialization  
parameter. A disk reader task will be invoked by the DB2 Manager  
SQL intercept during object retrieval, update and deletion processing,  
when a migrated row is to be retrieved from a disk-resident Archive  
Manager object. The number of disk reader tasks controls the  
number of disk retrieval requests which may be processed  
concurrently.  
Scheduler tasks. There will be one or more scheduler tasks – the  
number of these tasks is controlled by the MAXSCHED initialization  
parameter. A scheduler task is responsible for validating requests  
received from the DB2 Manager SQL intercept processor, and  
assigning the request to an appropriate reader or writer task.  
Increasing the number of scheduler tasks will reduce the length of  
time a request waits for validation and assignment processing, but will  
increase the processing overhead associated with the control region.  
Housekeeping task. A single housekeeping task will be initiated  
during control region initialization processing. It is responsible for  
monitoring outstanding requests, and terminating stalled requests.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Processing requests for access to migrated rows  
Once DB2 Manager initialization has been completed, batch, TSO, CICS or  
IMS programs will be able to access migrated rows using standard SQL  
processing, without modification.  
DB2 Manager implements support for access to migrated rows which is made  
via SQL SELECT, UPDATE and DELETE commands. Note that any rows  
created in a table via an SQL INSERT command will be stored in DB2. It is  
not possible to directly store a row in an Archive Manager database – a row  
must be migrated from a DB2 table to an Archive Manager database, using  
the DB2 Manager table migration utility.  
SQL SELECT processing  
Any reference to a migrated row generated via an SQL SELECT command  
will cause the DB2 Manager SQL intercept processor to pass a request to the  
DB2 Manager control region. This request will be processed by a scheduler  
task, which will perform some initial validation.  
If the object containing the required row is disk-resident, the scheduler will  
pass the request to the disk reader task with the shortest request queue.  
If the object containing the required row is tape-resident only, the scheduler  
will pass the request to the most appropriate tape reader task. This is  
selected using the following hierarchy:  
1. A busy task which is processing the tape volume containing the object  
to be retrieved, and whose request queue is not greater than the  
maximum specified in the MAXQLEN initialization parameter.  
2. A waiting task which has no tape mounted.  
3. A waiting task which currently has a tape mounted.  
If there is no tape reader task satisfying any of the above conditions, the  
request will be rejected with a “resource unavailable” condition, unless a non-  
zero value is specified for the TAPEWAIT initialization parameter. In these  
circumstances, the request is queued internally and retried until it has been  
successfully assigned to a tape reader task, or until the time interval specified  
in the TAPEWAIT parameter has been exceeded, in which case it will be  
description of the TAPEWAIT parameter.  
When a request has been passed to a tape or disk reader task, the task will  
locate the object containing the migrated row and extract the logical record  
containing the row. This will be passed back to the SQL intercept routine,  
which will in turn pass the required row back to the calling application.  
The RETAINTAPE initialization parameter may be used to retain a tape  
volume on a drive for a specified period of time when a tape reader task has  
processed all outstanding requests for retrieval of objects from that tape  
48  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
volume. This will improve response times for subsequent requests to the  
same tape volume, but may cause an additional processing overhead if the  
tape has to be dismounted prior to the task allocating a different tape volume  
description of the RETAINTAPE parameter.  
Note that the above retrieval processing is performed for each migrated row  
which is referenced via an SQL SELECT command. Where multiple  
migrated rows are referenced via a single SQL SELECT command and a  
program cursor used to process the resulting result table, each SQL FETCH  
command referencing a migrated row will cause a retrieval request to be  
passed to the control region. This may generate substantial tape handling  
activity, and result in extended response times in order to access all  
referenced rows.  
On completion of the SQL command, a standard SQL return code will be  
passed back to the program indicating the success of the request. This can  
be checked by the program using standard SQL error handling. A return  
code of 0 indicates that the retrieval request was performed successfully.  
Any error encountered during the DB2 Manager migrated row retrieval  
process will generate an SQL error code of –652. Fields SQLERRD(6) and  
SQLERRD(7) in the SQLCA will contain additional codes indicating the cause  
of the error.  
SQL UPDATE processing  
A request from an application to update a migrated row (via an SQL UPDATE  
request) will cause the row to be retrieved from the Archive Manager  
database as described for SQL SELECT processing above.  
An updated row will then be stored back in the DB2 table (i.e.) the row will be  
migrated from Archive Manager back to DB2. All reference to the original  
migrated row will be removed, causing that row to be “orphaned”. The  
logical record containing this row will be unreferenced. However, the object  
containing the logical record may contain other active migrated rows, so will  
continue to exist in the Archive Manager database. The object containing  
the restored row will be deleted by the DB2 Manager database housekeeping  
utility when it no longer contains any active migrated rows. Refer to chapter 6  
for a description of this utility. Database tape and disk space occupied by  
the deleted object may be reclaimed, if required, using the Archive Manager  
object management and database maintenance utilities. Refer to the  
Archive Manager User Manual for information on this procedure.  
Updated rows will become eligible once again for migration from DB2 to  
Archive Manager, under control of the migration criteria input to the DB2  
Manager table migration utility. On migration, the updated row will be written  
to a different object in the same Archive Manager database as the originally  
migrated row.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SQL DELETE processing  
A request by an application to delete a migrated row via an SQL DELETE  
command will cause that row to be retrieved via the process described in the  
preceding section.  
The row will then be deleted, causing the archive stub for the row to be  
removed from the DB2 table. All reference to the migrated row will then have  
been removed, as for SQL UPDATE processing. Recovery of the space  
occupied by deleted migrated rows is made in an identical manner to that for  
updated migrated rows, as described in the preceding section.  
SQL error codes  
If an attempt to access a migrated row by DB2 Manager is unsuccessful, an  
SQL return code of –652 is passed back to the calling application program.  
A two-byte hexadecimal reason code will be placed in field SQLERRD(6) in  
the SQL communication area (SQLCA), giving the reason for the failure. In  
many cases, the control region will also write an error message in the system  
log.  
Standard SQL error handling processing may be used by calling application  
programs in order to deal with errors encountered during the migrated row  
access procedure. No changes to existing error handling processing should  
be required.  
Refer to chapter 7 of the user manual for a list of the possible reason codes  
generated by DB2 Manager during migrated row access processing.  
DB2 Manager operator interface  
DB2 Manager operator commands may be entered by replying to the  
OTD20000 message on the system console (if COMMAND=REPLY has been  
specified or defaulted in the TAPECNTL parameter library member), or via an  
MVS MODIFY command (if COMMAND=MODIFY has been specified in the  
TAPECNTL member). Only one command may be entered and processed at  
any one time. When DB2 Manager has completed all processing for a  
command a message will be displayed on the console indicating the result of  
the request (and the OTD20000 message re-displayed if COMMAND=REPLY  
is in effect). Further commands may then be entered by the operator.  
Commands are available to perform the following functions:  
Display detailed or summary status of DB2 Manager reader, writer and  
scheduler tasks.  
Alter the DB2 Manager reader, writer or scheduler task configuration.  
Purge or force purge individual reader, writer or scheduler tasks.  
50  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Terminate the DB2 Manager control region.  
All messages issued by DB2 Manager in response to an operator request are  
documented in chapter 7 of this manual. This section specifies operator  
request formats, and gives examples of DB2 Manager responses to these  
requests.  
Display summary status  
D(ISPLAY)  
This request is used to produce a summary display of the status of the DB2  
Manager control region processing configuration.  
The DISPLAY command may be abbreviated to the single character 'D'.  
DB2 Manager creates a number of tape and disk reader tasks in the control  
region to perform retrieval of objects from Archive Manager. Each tape reader  
task is capable of processing one tape volume at any one time. The number  
of tape reader tasks created is initially equal to the value of the MAXTRDR  
parameter at DB2 Manager initialization. Increasing this value during DB2  
Manager operation will cause a similar increase in the number of tape reader  
tasks. DB2 Manager will only be able to process as many tape volumes  
simultaneously as there are initialized tape reader tasks.  
Disk reader tasks may process multiple Archive Manager disk (‘K’) copy  
datasets in one invocation (ie. the task’s request queue may contain requests  
for retrieval of objects from different disk datasets). DB2 Manager attempts  
to balance the length of the request queues for the disk reader tasks.  
Increasing the value of MAXDRDR will reduce the average length of the disk  
reader task request queues. For most operational environments, the default  
MAXDRDR value of 4 will be sufficient. Note that the MAXQLEN parameter is  
not used to control a disk reader task request queue length; there is no limit  
to the number of requests which may be queued for each disk reader task.  
If no disk reader tasks are available (MAXDRDR=0), a retrieval request for a  
disk-resident object will be passed to an DB2 Manager tape reader task, if  
one is available. This task will issue a standard Archive Manager object  
retrieval request, which will still be satisfied wherever possible by Archive  
Manager from an object’s disk copy. Setting the value of MAXDRDR to 0 in  
these circumstances is not recommended, as it may cause requests for  
retrieval of disk-resident objects to be rejected because there are no free  
tape reader tasks.  
Writer tasks are capable of updating a single Archive Manager database at  
any one time. In addition, an Archive Manager database will not be updated  
by more than one writer task simultaneously. The number of writer tasks is  
controlled via the MAXTWTR initialization parameter.  
A summary status request will display the current values of the MAXTRDR,  
MAXDRDR, MAXTWTR, MAXSCHED, MAXQLEN, RETAINTAPE,  
TAPEWAIT, OBJSIZE, READTIMEOUT and WRITETIMEOUT parameters,  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
the status of the internal scheduler queue lock and the length of the  
scheduler queue, in message OTD20062.  
In addition, message OTD20063 will be displayed for each reader, writer and  
scheduler task in the system, giving the following details:  
Status - this field indicates the current status of the identified task. It  
can take the following values:  
NULL - the task has never been initialized. It is not  
available for object recall.  
WAIT - the task is currently waiting for work. For tape  
reader tasks, no tape volume is currently allocated.  
WTRT - a tape reader task is currently waiting for work, and  
the last tape volume accessed by the task is still  
allocated.  
WTSH - a termination request has been made for a waiting  
task.  
BUSY - the task is currently busy performing object  
retrieval. For tape reader tasks, the task type will  
indicate whether the tape volume being processed  
will be retained on the drive after all outstanding  
requests have been completed, or whether the tape  
will be de-allocated and dismounted.  
BYSH - the task is currently busy performing object  
retrieval, but will terminate when all queued  
requests have been completed.  
TERM - a terminated task. A task may be terminated either  
explicitly by operator command, or implicitly via a  
reduction in the system MAXTRDR, MAXDRDR,  
MAXTWTR and MAXSCHED settings. It may be  
restarted by increasing the value of MAXTRDR,  
MAXDRDR, MAXTWTR or MAXSCHED. A  
terminated task is not available for object recall or  
storage.  
Qlen - this gives the number of requests queued for processing by  
this task. All requests will be for retrieval of objects from the  
tape or disk dataset currently being processed by this task.  
The queue length will be non-zero for tasks with status =  
BUSY. For waiting tasks, this value will always be zero.  
For busy tasks and waiting tape reader tasks with tape volume still allocated,  
message OTD20063 may also contain the following information:  
DBID - this gives the 4-character identifier of the Archive Manager  
database currently being processed.  
Stg level - identifies the Archive Manager database storage level (in  
range 0-7) containing the object currently being processed.  
52  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Tape - identifies the sequence number within Archive Manager  
database  
Lastuse - for tasks with status = WTRT, this gives the time (in format  
HH:MM:SS) that the last request for retrieval from this tape  
volume was completed. This timestamp is used by DB2  
Manager to determine which tape volume will be automatically  
dismounted to satisfy a request for retrieval from another tape  
volume, when there are no spare drives on the system. The  
mounted tape volume which was least recently referenced will  
be dismounted to allow the new request to be processed.  
Example:  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=004 Maxdrdr=004 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=WTRT Qlen=000  
DBID=ST01 Stg_level=0 Tape=00002 Lastuse=14:04:52  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=BUSY Qlen=001  
DBID=ST02 Stg_level=0 Tape=00005  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=BUSY Qlen=001 DBID=PD01  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Display detail status  
D(ISPLAY) T(ASK = (T|D|W|S)nnn  
This request is used to produce a detailed display of the status of the DB2  
Manager control region retrieval configuration. The DISPLAY command may  
be abbreviated to the single character 'D'. The TASK parameter may be  
abbreviated to the single character 'T'. 'nnn' is the numeric identifier of the  
task to be displayed (where ‘nnn’ consists of 1-3 numeric characters in the  
range 1-256). This should be preceded by the character ‘T’ for a tape reader  
task, ‘D’ for a disk reader task, ‘W’ for a writer task and ‘S’ for a scheduler  
task. If omitted, a default entry of ‘T’ will be used. This entry must be a valid  
task number, as displayed via a summary status display request.  
A detail status request will first of all display message OTD20063 for the  
identified task. For busy tasks with a non-zero queue length, a detail status  
request will display one set of OTD20066 and OTD20067 messages for each  
request in the queue. These messages will display the following fields:  
Request - the entry number of the request in the queue. The request  
currently being processed will have an entry number of 1.  
Type - identifies the type of request queued. This can take the  
following values:  
Open  
A request to connect to an Archive  
Manager database for update processing  
A row retrieval request  
Retrieve  
Store  
A row storage request  
Commit  
A request to commit updates to an Archive  
Manager database  
Close  
A request to disconnect from an Archive  
Manager database after completion of update  
processing  
DBID - the 4-character identifier of the Archive Manager database  
being processed by the task  
Jobname - the name of the job initiating the request  
Stg level - the Archive Manager database storage level being processed  
by the task. Will be present for storage or retrieval requests  
only.  
Tape - the sequence number of the tape dataset within the Archive  
Manager database storage level being processed by the task.  
Will be present for storage and retrieval requests only.  
Blockid - the 4-byte identifier of the block containing the object being  
processed by the task. Will be present for storage and  
retrieval requests only.  
54  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Example:  
F LCDDB2,D T=T1  
......  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=BUSY Qlen=001  
DBID=ST01 Stg_level=0 Tape=00002  
OTD20066 Request 001: Type=Retrieve DBID=ST01 Jobname=WATERSGJ  
OTD20067 Request 001: Stg_level=0 Tape=00002 Blockid=01400005  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
Force purge task  
F(ORCE) T(ASK = (T|D|W|S)nnn  
The FORCE command is used to immediately terminate a tape or disk reader  
task, writer task or scheduler task in the DB2 Manager control region. Force  
purging a task does not allow any outstanding requests in the task queue to  
be completed.  
The command may be abbreviated to a single 'F'. The TASK parameter may  
be abbreviated to a single 'T'. The value 'nnn' must be numeric, and should  
be preceded by the character ‘T’ for tape reader tasks, ‘D’ for disk reader  
tasks, ‘W’ for writer tasks and ‘S’ for scheduler tasks. If this character is  
omitted, a default value of ‘T’ will be used. The task identifier entered here  
must correspond to a valid task number, as displayed by the status summary  
command.  
Both waiting and busy tasks are immediately terminated. For busy tasks, the  
request currently being processed, and all subsequent requests in the task  
queue, are abnormally terminated with a ‘resource unavailable’ condition.  
This will generate an SQL error code of -652 and reason code of X'1015' to  
the calling application.  
When a task is force purged, the current value of the MAXTRDR, MAXDRDR,  
MAXTWTR or MAXSCHED parameters is automatically decremented by 1,  
depending on which type of task has been terminated. Once purged, a task  
will not be available for object recall processing. Its status will appear as  
'TERM' in any subsequent status display.  
For busy tape reader and writer tasks, the current tape volume in use will be  
de-allocated. The tape will be rewound and dismounted, and the tape drive  
freed by DB2 Manager.  
Tasks may only be force purged if a normal purge request has already been  
queued for that task.  
Example:  
F LCDDB2,D  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
Maxtrdr=004 Maxdrdr=004 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsc ed= 04 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=BUSY Qlen=001  
DBID=ST01 Stg_level=0 Tape=00002  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
..........  
F LCDDB2,P T=T1  
OTD20073 Task T001 purge request is being processed  
..........  
F LCDDB2,F T=T1  
OTD20060 Task T001 has been shutdown successfully  
..........  
F LCDDB2,D  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=003 Maxdrdr=004 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
56  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Purge task  
P(URGE) T(ASK) = (T|D|W|S)nnn  
The PURGE command is used to terminate a tape or disk reader task, a  
writer task or a scheduler task in the DB2 Manager control region. All  
outstanding requests in the task queue will be allowed to complete normally  
before task termination.  
The command may be abbreviated to a single 'P'. The TASK parameter may  
be abbreviated to a single 'T'. The value 'nnn' must be numeric and should be  
preceded by the character ‘T’ for tape reader tasks, ‘D’ for disk reader tasks,  
‘W’ for writer tasks and ‘S’ for scheduler tasks. If this character is omitted, a  
default value of ‘T’ will be used. The task identifier entered here must  
correspond to a valid reader task number, as displayed by the status  
summary command.  
For waiting tasks (status = WAIT), the purge request will be executed  
immediately. The identified task will be terminated, and will no longer be  
available for object recall processing. It will appear with a type of TERM in  
subsequent status display requests. Any tape allocation held by a purged  
tape reader or writer task will be released - this will cause the allocated tape  
to be rewound and dismounted, and the tape drive to be freed by DB2  
Manager.  
For busy tasks (status=BUSY), a shutdown request will be added to the task  
queue. This will allow requests which were outstanding at the time the purge  
command was entered to be completed as normal. The task will then be  
terminated, and will no longer be available for processing. It will appear with  
a type of TERM in subsequent status display requests. For tape reader tasks,  
the tape being processed by the identified task will be released, whether it  
would have normally been retained on the tape drive after use or not.  
Requests to purge a busy task for which a purge request has already been  
queued will be rejected.  
When a task is purged, the current value of the MAXTRDR, MAXDRDR,  
MAXTWTR or MAXSCHED parameters is automatically decremented by 1,  
depending on the type of task being purged.  
Example:  
F LCDDB2,D  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=003 Maxdrdr=004 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
......  
F LCDDB2,P T=D1  
OTD20073 Task D001 purge request is being processed  
OTD25409 Disk rdr task 001 terminated  
......  
F LCDDB2,D  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=003 Maxdrdr=003 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
Alter DB2 Manager configuration  
S(ET) { MAXTRDR = nnn  
{ MAXDRDR = nnn  
{ MAXTWTR = nnn  
{ MAXSCHED = nnn  
{ MAXQLEN = nnn  
{ RETAINTAPE = nnnn  
{ TAPEWAIT = nnnn  
{ OBJSIZE = nnnnn  
{ READTIMEOUT = nnnn  
{ WRITETIMEOUT = nnnn  
The SET command is used to alter the current values of the DB2 Manager  
MAXTRDR, MAXDRDR, MAXTWTR, MAXSCHED, MAXQLEN,  
RETAINTAPE, TAPEWAIT, OBJSIZE, READTIMEOUT, and  
58  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
WRITETIMEOUT parameters. The command may be abbreviated to the  
single character 'S'.  
The values of MAXTRDR, MAXDRDR, MAXSCHED, MAXQLEN,  
RETAINTAPE, TAPEWAIT, OBJSIZE, READTIMEOUT and  
WRITETIMEOUT are initially set during DB2 Manager control region  
initialization from the corresponding parameters in the TAPECNTL and  
ENVCNTL members of the DB2 Manager parameter library.  
Valid parameters for the SET command are:  
MAXTRDR - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
MAXTRDR parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. The value ‘nnn’ must be a 1-3 digit numeric  
value in the range 0-255.  
If the value of MAXTRDR is to be increased, DB2 Manager  
will increase the number of initialized tape reader tasks, by  
restarting terminated tasks, and/or adding new tasks.  
If the value of MAXTRDR is to be decreased, DB2  
Manager will terminate a number of existing tasks equal to  
the decrease in the value of MAXTRDR. These tasks will  
appear with the status TERM in any subsequent status  
display, and will not be available for object recall  
processing.  
Note that processing of this command may take a little  
time for significant changes in the value of MAXTRDR.  
MAXDRDR - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
MAXDRDR parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. The value ‘nnn’ must be a 1-3 digit numeric  
value in the range 0-255.  
If the value of MAXDRDR is to be increased, DB2 Manager  
will increase the number of initialized disk reader tasks, by  
restarting terminated tasks, and/or adding new tasks.  
If the value of MAXDRDR is to be decreased, DB2  
Manager will terminate a number of existing disk reader  
tasks equal to the decrease in the value of MAXDRDR.  
These tasks will appear with the status TERM in any  
subsequent status display, and will not be available for  
object recall processing.  
Note that processing of this command may take a little  
time for significant changes in the value of MAXDRDR.  
MAXTWTR - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
MAXTRDR parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. The value ‘nnn’ must be a 1-3 digit numeric  
value in the range 1-255.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If the value of MAXTWTR is to be increased, DB2 Manager  
will increase the number of initialized writer tasks, by  
restarting terminated tasks, and/or adding new tasks.  
If the value of MAXTWTR is to be decreased, DB2  
Manager will terminate a number of existing writer tasks  
equal to the decrease in the value of MAXTWTR. These  
tasks will appear with the status TERM in any subsequent  
status display, and will not be available for object recall  
processing.  
Note that processing of this command may take a little  
time for significant changes in the value of MAXTWTR.  
MAXSCHED - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
MAXSCHED parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. The value ‘nnn’ must be a 1-3 digit numeric  
value in the range 1-255.  
If the value of MAXSCHED is to be increased, DB2  
Manager will increase the number of initialized tape reader  
tasks, by restarting terminated tasks, and/or adding new  
tasks.  
If the value of MAXSCHED is to be decreased, DB2  
Manager will terminate a number of existing tasks equal to  
the decrease in the value of MAXSCHED. These tasks will  
appear with the status TERM in any subsequent status  
display, and will not be available for object recall  
processing.  
Note that processing of this command may take a little  
time for significant changes in the value of MAXSCHED.  
MAXQLEN - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
MAXQLEN parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. ‘nnn’ must be a 1-3 digit numeric value in the  
range 1-256.  
RETAINTAPE - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
RETAINTAPE parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. ‘nnnn’ must be a 1-4 digit numeric value in the  
range 0-1440.This change will take immediate effect.  
TAPEWAIT - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
TAPEWAIT parameter to the value specified in the SET  
command. ‘nnnn’ must be a 1-4 digit numeric value in the  
range 0-1440. This change will take immediate effect.  
OBJSIZE - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the OBJSIZE  
parameter to the value specified in the SET command.  
‘nnnnn’ must be a 1-5 digit numeric value in the range 1-  
60  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
65535. This change will take effect the next time a  
database is connected for update processing by the DB2  
Manager table migration utility.  
READTIMEOUT - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
READTIMEOUT parameter to the value specified in the  
SET command. ‘nnnn’ must be a 1-4 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-1440. This change will take immediate effect.  
WRITETIMEOUT - DB2 Manager will alter the current setting of the  
WRITETIMEOUT parameter to the value specified in the  
SET command. ‘nnnn’ must be a 1-4 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-1440. This change will take immediate effect.  
Example:  
F LCDDB2,D  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=003 Maxdrdr=003 Maxtwtr=004 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100 Trace=OFF  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0005 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
......  
F LCDDB2,SET MAXTWTR=2  
OTD20052 DB2 Manager configuration altered successfully  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 001 terminated  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 002 terminated  
......  
F LCDDB2,SET READTIMEOUT=10  
OTD20052 Configuration altered successfully  
......  
F LCDDB2,D  
OTD20062 Maxtrdr=003 Maxdrdr=003 Maxtwtr=002 Maxsched=004 Maxqlen=100  
OTD20062 Retaintape=0001 Tapewait=0004 Objsize=00100 Trace=OFF  
OTD20062 Readtimeout=0010 Writetimeout=0005  
OTD20062 Scheduler: Queue is unlocked; Queue length=000  
OTD20063 Task T001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task T004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20063 Task D002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task D004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W001: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W002: Status=TERM Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task W004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S001: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S002: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S003: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20063 Task S004: Status=WAIT Qlen=000  
OTD20058 Display processing completed  
Terminate DB2 Manager control region  
SHUTDOWN (IMMED)  
The SHUTDOWN command is used to terminate the DB2 Manager control  
region. The optional IMMED parameter is used to control the shutdown  
procedure.  
If IMMED is not specified, DB2 Manager will allow all outstanding requests to  
be completed normally before terminating the control region. However, no  
new requests will be serviced by the control region after shutdown has been  
requested.  
If IMMED is specified, DB2 Manager will perform an immediate shutdown; all  
current and outstanding retrieval requests will be terminated with a ‘resource  
unavailable’ condition (SQL –652 error with reasons code X’1015’) and the  
DB2 Manager control region terminated.  
Terminating the control region will disable support for retrieval of migrated  
rows via DB2 Manager. The shutdown request should not therefore be  
performed without first verifying that no access to migrated rows will be made  
while the control region is inactive.  
If COMMAND=REPLY has been specified (or defaulted) in the TAPECNTL  
parameter library member, DB2 Manager will issue message OTD20092 on  
receiving the SHUTDOWN command:  
OTD20092 Do you want to proceed with shutdown (y/n)?  
To continue with shutdown processing, reply 'Y'. Any other reply will abort  
shutdown processing. DB2 Manager will redisplay the standard operator reply  
message OTD20000, and control region processing will continue as normal.  
If COMMAND=MODIFY has been specified in the TAPECNTL member, DB2  
Manager will not issue a confirmation request. Shutdown processing will  
continue automatically.  
Example:  
13 OTD20000 Enter request:  
R 13,SHUTDOWN  
62  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
IEE600I REPLY TO 13 IS;SHUTDOWN  
14 OTD20092 Do you want to proceed with shutdown (y/n)?  
R 14,Y  
IEE600I REPLY TO 14 IS;Y  
OTD20093 Shutdown in progress  
OTD20060 Task H001 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25009 Tape rdr task 004 terminated  
OTD20060 Task T004 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25009 Tape rdr task 003 terminated  
OTD20060 Task T003 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25009 Tape rdr task 002 terminated  
OTD20060 Task T002 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25009 Tape rdr task 001 terminated  
OTD20060 Task T001 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25409 Disk rdr task 004 terminated  
OTD20060 Task D004 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25409 Disk rdr task 003 terminated  
OTD20060 Task D003 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25409 Disk rdr task 002 terminated  
OTD20060 Task D002 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD25409 Disk rdr task 001 terminated  
OTD20060 Task D001 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 004 terminated  
OTD20060 Task W004 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 003 terminated  
OTD20060 Task W003 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 002 terminated  
OTD20060 Task W002 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD26009 Tape wtr task 001 terminated  
OTD20060 Task W001 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD22009 Scheduler task 004 terminated  
OTD20060 Task S004 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD22009 Scheduler task 003 terminated  
OTD20060 Task S003 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD22009 Scheduler task 002 terminated  
OTD20060 Task S002 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD22009 Scheduler task 001 terminated  
OTD20060 Task S001 has been shutdown successfully  
OTD20095 Communications table storage area freed  
OTD20096 Shutdown processing complete  
SMF processing  
DB2 Manager provides an option to implement the recording of migrated row  
storage retrieval statistics by the control region, using the IBM System  
Management Facility (SMF).  
This option is invoked by users via the optional SMFRECID parameter of the  
ENVCNTL member of the DB2 Manager parameter library.  
Omitting this parameter, or specifying an SMFRECID of zero, will suppress  
creation of SMF records by DB2 Manager.  
Specifying a non-zero value, in the range 128 to 255, will cause DB2  
Manager to create SMF records with the specified numeric identifier.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
If requested, DB2 Manager will create SMF records at the following points:  
a. When all requests for retrieval of rows from a single tape cartridge volume  
have been completed by a tape reader task (ie) immediately before a  
busy task returns to wait status. The SMF record will contain one request  
section for each request processed during invocation of that reader task.  
b. When the limit of 100 request sections has been created by a tape reader  
task while processing a request queue. An SMF record will be written by  
the reader task before continuing to process the request queue. One or  
more additional SMF records will subsequently be written by the reader  
task, either when the limit of 100 request sections has again been  
reached, or after all requests in the queue have been processed.  
Note that there is no direct relationship between the number of requests  
that may be processed during a single invocation of a tape reader task,  
and the setting of the MAXQLEN parameter. After processing a request,  
the queue length will be reduced by one; however, new requests may  
continue to arrive and be added to the queue while the driver task is busy.  
New requests will only be rejected if the number of outstanding requests  
has reached the value of MAXQLEN.  
In this way, there is no limit to the number of requests which may be  
processed during a single invocation of a reader task, and consequently  
no limit to the number of SMF records which may be written during that  
invocation.  
c. When all queued requests for retrieval from the same Archive Manager  
database have been completed by a disk reader task (ie) immediately  
before a busy disk reader task processes a request for retrieval from a  
different Archive Manager database, or returns to wait status if there are  
no more requests in the queue.  
d. During row migration processing, when the limit of 100 request sections  
has been created by a writer task. An SMF record will be written by the  
writer task before continuing with row migration processing. One or more  
additional SMF records will subsequently be written by the writer task,  
either when the limit of 100 request sections has again been reached,  
when a disconnect or commit request is received, or when the task has  
timed out waiting for receipt of another store request for the Archive  
Manager database being updated.  
Each request section in an SMF record will contain four timestamps relating  
to the DB2 Manager retrieval request described by the record. These  
timestamps are issued at the following points:  
1. When the request for access to a migrated row is intercepted by DB2  
Manager.  
2. Start of request processing by the control region scheduler.  
3. Start of request processing by the reader or writer task in the control  
region.  
64  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Termination of request processing by the reader or writer task in the  
control region.  
Analysis of timestamp intervals will provide timings for the following activities:  
4 - 1 :  
2 - 1:  
3 - 2:  
4 - 3:  
total time for DB2 Manager to process the request.  
time spent in control region scheduler queue.  
time spent in reader or writer task queue.  
time taken to retrieve object from tape or disk and locate  
migrated row (reader tasks) or to add migrated row to  
Archive Manager object (writer tasks).  
Careful analysis of this information will assist in identifying possible  
performance problems during object retrieval processing.  
The following sections describe the individual components that constitute the  
DB2 Manager SMF record.  
SMF header section  
Each SMF record will have a standard SMF header section of length 18  
bytes.  
Offset  
Length  
Format Description  
0
2
bin  
Record length. This is the length of  
the entire SMF record, including this  
field.  
2
4
5
2
1
1
bin  
bin  
bin  
Segment descriptor - binary zeroes.  
System indicator - binary zeroes.  
Record type (equal to the value of the  
SMF record identifier specified  
defined for the database being  
processed).  
6
4
bin  
Time since midnight, in hundredths of  
a second, that the SMF record was  
written.  
10  
14  
4
4
packed Date record was written, in the format  
0cyydddF, where F is the sign.  
char  
System identification (from CVT).  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Record descriptor section  
The SMF header section is immediately followed by the DB2 Manager record  
descriptor section. It has a fixed length of 38 bytes.  
Offset Length Format Description  
18  
24  
6
4
bin  
bin  
Reserved.  
Offset of database section. This is the  
offset from the start of the SMF record  
of the database section of the record.  
28  
2
bin  
Length of database section. This is the  
length in bytes of a single database  
section.  
30  
32  
2
4
bin  
bin  
The number of database sections  
present in the record (always = 1).  
Offset of request section. This is the  
offset from the start of the SMF record  
of the first request section in the record.  
36  
2
bin  
Length of request section. This is the  
length in bytes of a single section. This  
will always be 96 bytes.  
38  
40  
2
bin  
-
The number of request sections  
present in the record.  
16  
Reserved for future use.  
Database section  
The storage group section starts at the offset specified in the record  
descriptor section of the DB2 Manager SMF record. It gives information about  
the database being processed for object storage or retrieval. It has a fixed  
length of 24 bytes. Only one database group section will be present per SMF  
record.  
Offset Length  
Format Description  
0
1
Char DB2 Manager task issuing request:  
’T’ – tape reader task  
’D’ – disk reader task  
’W’ – tape writer task  
66  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Offset Length  
Format Description  
1
4
8
3
4
Char  
char  
-
DB2 Manager reader/writer task  
number.  
Identifier of Archive Manager database  
being processed.  
16  
Reserved for future use  
Request section  
The request section starts at the offset specified in the record descriptor  
section of the DB2 Manager SMF record. It gives information about each of  
the individual requests processed by the DB2 Manager reader or writer task.  
It has a fixed length of 96 bytes. A maximum of 100 request sections may be  
present per SMF record.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Offset  
Length  
Format Description  
0
8
bin  
Request start timestamp. This gives the  
date and time that the request was  
received by the DB2 Manager edit  
routine. It has the format:  
bytes 0-3: time in hundredths of a  
second since midnight that  
request processing started.  
bytes 4-7: date that request processing  
started, in packed decimal  
format 0cyydddF, where F is  
the sign.  
8
8
bin  
Scheduler timestamp. This gives the  
date and time that the request was  
received by the DB2 Manager control  
region scheduler. It has the format:  
bytes 0-3: time in hundredths of a  
second since midnight that  
the request was intercepted.  
bytes 4-7: date that the request was  
intercepted, in packed  
decimal format 0cyydddF,  
where F is the sign.  
16  
8
bin  
Reader/writer start timestamp. This  
gives the date and time that the request  
was first processed by the DB2  
Manager reader or writer task. It has  
the format:  
bytes 0-3: time in hundredths of a  
second since midnight that  
the request was first  
processed.  
bytes 4-7: date that the request was  
first processed, in packed  
decimal format 0cyydddF,  
where F is the sign.  
24  
8
bin  
Request end timestamp. This gives the  
date and time that processing for this  
request was completed by the DB2  
Manager control region. It has the  
following format:  
bytes 0-3: time in hundredths of a  
second since midnight that  
68  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Offset  
Length  
Format Description  
request processing ended.  
bytes 4-7: date that request processing  
ended, in packed decimal  
format 0cyydddF, where F is  
the sign.  
32  
34  
36  
38  
2
2
2
2
char  
bin  
Return code.  
Supplementary return code 1  
Supplementary return code 2  
bin  
Bin  
Request type:  
0 – read request  
1 – connect request  
2 – store request  
3 – commit request  
4 – disconnect request  
5 – disconnect after timeout  
40  
41  
1
1
Char  
Char  
Storage level (0-7)  
Object residency indicator (‘T’ = tape,  
‘D’ = disk; reader tasks only – contains  
a space for writer tasks).  
42  
44  
2
4
bin  
bin  
Sequence number within database of  
tape or disk dataset being processed  
(reader tasks only – contains low  
values for writer tasks).  
Tape resident objects: identifier of tape  
or block of object containing retrieved  
row (reader tasks only – contains low  
values for writer tasks).  
Disk resident objects:  
byte 0: hex id of disk segment  
containing object  
bytes 1-3: id of disk block containing  
object (in form TTTTRR)  
48  
52  
4
8
Bin  
Primary key of object containing  
stored/retrieved row.  
char  
Archive date of object containing  
stored/retrieved row (in format  
YYYYMMDD).  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Offset  
Length  
Format Description  
60  
2
Bin  
Bin  
Record number within object containing  
stored/retrieved row  
62  
2
Number of records containing  
stored/retrieved row  
64  
72  
80  
8
8
4
char  
char  
char  
Requester’s jobname  
Requester’s userid.  
Identifier of system on which request  
originated  
84  
12  
-
Reserved  
Operational considerations  
This section discusses miscellaneous topics relating to the operation of the  
DB2 Manager control region and its environment. This includes a discussion  
of performance considerations for retrieval of migrated rows from an Archive  
Manager database using DB2 Manager.  
Use of the MAXTRDR parameter  
The MAXTRDR parameter is used to limit the number of tape cartridge drives  
that DB2 Manager will allocate concurrently for performing simultaneous  
access to multiple tape volumes in response to migrated row retrieval  
requests. It is intended to enable users to prevent DB2 Manager from  
depleting the number of available cartridge drives on a system to the extent  
that other work will be unable to complete.  
Once at the MAXTRDR limit, DB2 Manager will reject any other request  
which would require an extra tape drive in order for it to be satisfied, with a  
‘resource unavailable’ condition, or optionally queue the request internally if a  
non-zero value has been specified for the TAPEWAIT parameter in the  
TAPECNTL parameter library member. In this latter case DB2 Manager will  
retry the request at 1-second intervals until a tape drive becomes available or  
until the TAPEWAIT interval is exceeded.  
Rejection of a request due to the MAXTRDR value having been reached or  
due to the TAPEWAIT interval having been exceeded will generate an SQL –  
652 error and reason code (in field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA) of X’1015’.  
The value chosen for MAXTRDR should ensure that occurrence of this  
condition is minimized, while still allowing other work on the system to  
continue without delay. If necessary, the value of MAXTRDR may be varied  
during the day to correspond to variations in the system workload.  
70  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
In a mixed operating environment which consists of both library and free-  
standing tape drives, the STK Host Software Component will ensure that all  
primary DB2 Manager tapes will be located in a library storage module. The  
value of MAXTRDR used in this environment should not exceed the total  
number of drives available in the library configuration, otherwise allocation  
requests for DB2 Manager tapes may be made to free-standing drives. This  
will introduce unpredictable delays into the migrate row retrieval process; this  
is obviously unacceptable in an online processing environment.  
In any case, the value of MAXTRDR should not exceed the overall total  
number of drives available, as this will cause a significant increase in the  
incidence of allocation recovery, and consequent rejection of retrieval  
requests.  
Use of the MAXQLEN parameter  
The MAXQLEN parameter places a limit on the maximum number of requests  
which may be queued for a tape reader task (i.e.) the maximum number of  
outstanding requests that may exist for retrieval of objects from any one tape  
volume. It is intended to allow users to place a limit on the time that any  
single request will spend in a tape reader task request queue.  
Requests are added to the task request queue as they arrive from other DB2  
Manager components (in response to application SQL commands) and  
removed from the queue as they are completed. The request queue may  
thus be in a state of change while it is being processed. The MAXQLEN  
parameter places a limit on the number of outstanding requests in the queue,  
not the total number of requests which may be processed from the queue by  
the tape reader task.  
If a tape needs to be mounted in response to the first request for that tape  
volume that is received by a reader task, it will take the time required to  
mount the tape and to locate the object containing the migrated row, in order  
to process that request. Subsequent requests in the same queue will only  
require an object locate operation.  
If multiple requests for retrieval from the same tape volume arrive within a  
very short period of time, then the last request to arrive will have to wait for all  
preceding requests to be processed.  
The above information may be used to select an appropriate value of the  
MAXQLEN parameter at your installation, in order to limit the length of time  
that a request must wait in the tape reader task queue when multiple  
simultaneous requests have been issued.  
Once at the MAXQLEN limit, DB2 Manager will reject any other request  
which would cause this limit to be exceeded, with a ‘resource unavailable’  
condition, or optionally queue the request internally (if a non-zero value has  
been specified for the TAPEWAIT parameter in the TAPECNTL parameter  
library member). In this latter case DB2 Manager will retry the request until a  
tape drive becomes available or until the TAPEWAIT interval is exceeded.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Rejection of a request due to the MAXQLEN value having been reached or  
due to the TAPEWAIT interval having been exceeded will generate an SQL –  
652 error with a reason code of X'1015' in field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA.  
Use of the MAXDRDR parameter  
The MAXDRDR parameter is used to control the number of disk reader tasks  
which are active in the DB2 Manager control region. A disk reader task is  
used to perform retrieval of a migrated row from an Archive Manager  
database when a disk (‘K’) copy exists of the object containing the row.  
If the value of MAXDRDR is greater than 1, DB2 Manager will assign a new  
disk object retrieval request to the disk reader task with the shortest request  
queue. In this way, the length of the request queues will be balanced across  
the allocated disk reader tasks. Increasing the value of MAXDRDR will  
decrease the average disk reader task request queue length. However, there  
will be a corresponding increase in the amount of virtual storage required by  
the DB2 Manager control region. For most operational environments, the  
default MAXDRDR value of 4 will be sufficient.  
If the value of MAXDRDR is 0, then all object retrieval requests, whether  
objects have a disk copy or not, will be processed by the tape reader tasks  
currently allocated in the control region. Each tape reader task will issue a  
standard Archive Manager object retrieval request; if a disk copy of an object  
exists then Archive Manager will satisfy the retrieval request from disk (i.e.  
the object will still be retrieved from disk, even though it is being processed  
by a tape reader task). Setting the MAXDRDR value to 0 is not  
recommended in these circumstances, as it may cause disk object retrievals  
to be rejected unnecessarily if there are no available tape reader tasks to  
process the request.  
If an error occurs when Archive Manager attempts to retrieve the disk copy of  
an object, Archive Manager will automatically re-drive the retrieval attempt  
from tape. In these circumstances it is possible that a disk reader task will  
attempt to process a tape dataset. This may cause contention for tape drives,  
resulting in failure of the retrieval request, if all available drives are currently  
being processed by the tape reader tasks. Retrieval of the tape copy of an  
object by a disk reader task will not impact the ability of that task to continue  
accepting and processing further disk object retrieval requests.  
Allocation recovery  
Allocation recovery occurs on MVS systems when there are no tape drives  
available to satisfy an allocation request. In this case, the following message  
will be output by the system:  
IEF238D jjj - REPLY DEVICE NAME, 'WAIT' OR 'CANCEL'  
Normal practice is for an operator (or automated operator facility) to reply  
WAIT to this request. The job requiring the allocation will then wait until a  
drive becomes available before being able to continue.  
72  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
In the DB2 Manager environment, lack of available tape drives will cause the  
DB2 Manager control region to enter allocation recovery. Issuing a reply of  
WAIT will now mean that the application issuing the SQL command which  
caused the tape allocation request will have to wait indefinitely for another job  
on the system to release a drive, before continuing.  
In this case, the end-user response time would be unpredictable. For this  
reason, it is recommended that a reply of 'CANCEL' be made to the IEF238D  
message. This will be interpreted by DB2 Manager as a 'drive unavailable'  
condition, and the retrieval request will be rejected with a ‘resource  
unavailable’ condition or optionally queued internally (if a non-zero value has  
been specified for the TAPEWAIT parameter in the TAPECNTL parameter  
library member). In this latter case DB2 Manager will retry the request until a  
tape drive becomes available or until the TAPEWAIT interval is exceeded. .  
It is recommended that the reply of 'CANCEL' be performed by an automated  
operator reply facility, if present on the system, rather than via manual  
operator entry. In this way, there will be no delay between DB2 Manager  
receiving the retrieval request, and the rejection of the request with a  
‘resource unavailable’ condition. This will minimize delays to users in  
receiving notification of the unavailability of resources in performing the  
object access.  
Shutdown processing  
As an immediate shutdown does not allow outstanding migrated row storage  
and retrieval requests to complete, whenever possible the DB2 Manager  
control region should be shutdown normally (ie) use the SHUTDOWN  
operator command without the IMMED parameter.  
In this context, it is recommended that operators issue a summary status  
display command before issuing the DB2 Manager shutdown request.  
If there are any outstanding requests identified by the summary status  
display, these should be allowed to complete before issuing a normal DB2  
Manager shutdown request. If necessary, an immediate shutdown request  
may be issued in order to abnormally terminate outstanding requests, and  
perform DB2 Manager shutdown processing.  
Additionally, if the scheduler lock, as displayed from the summary status  
request, is constantly unavailable (ie. permanent LOCKED status), then an  
immediate shutdown should be issued, as a normal shutdown attempts to  
acquire this lock before proceeding. This situation, if it occurs, indicates an  
internal DB2 Manager error condition, and should be communicated to your  
DB2 Manager product support representative.  
In extreme cases, the DB2 Manager control region may be cancelled if  
required. Canceling the control region has the following consequences:  
Any outstanding requests will be left unsatisfied in a wait state (ie) control  
will never be returned to the calling application. These applications will  
have to be abnormally terminated by an external source.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Extended CSA storage used by DB2 Manager (approximately 212k in  
extended subpool 241) will not be released, and will be unavailable for  
use by other jobs in the system until the next IPL.  
'Resource unavailable' condition  
DB2 Manager will return a ‘resource unavailable’ condition to an SQL  
command which generates access to a migrated row (SQL –652 error and  
reason code of X'1015' set in field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA) in the  
following circumstances:  
1. a row retrieval request requires a new tape cartridge volume to be  
mounted, but DB2 Manager is unable to allocate a new drive because the  
MAXTRDR limit has already been reached.  
2. a row retrieval request requires access to a tape cartridge volume that is  
already being processed, but the number of requests already queued for  
that volume is at the limit specified by the MAXQLEN parameter.  
3. allocation recovery has occurred due to lack of available tape cartridge  
drives, and a reply of 'CANCEL' was made to the IEF238D message.  
4. a ‘force purge’ command was issued by the operator for the task currently  
processing the queue containing the row retrieval request.  
5. an immediate DB2 Manager control region shutdown was issued by the  
operator while a row retrieval request was being processed, or while it  
was in a task request queue.  
6. the DB2 Manager control region is in the process of terminating when the  
SQL command was issued.  
Note that the TAPEWAIT parameter of the TAPECNTL parameter library  
member may be used to internally queue requests which have been rejected  
in circumstances 1 to 3 above. In this case a request will be retried until  
sufficient resources become available to satisfy it, or until the TAPEWAIT  
interval has been exceeded, at which time it will be rejected as above. Use  
of this facility may reduce the likelihood of ‘resource unavailable’ conditions  
occurring.  
This page is intentionally left blank  
74  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Table migration processing  
5
Introduction  
DB2 Manager provides functions to perform the migration of rows from DB2  
to Archive Manager storage. These functions are provided by the DB2  
Manager table migration utility, OTDBP100.  
The table migration utility is executed as a batch process, and should be  
scheduled to run at regular intervals in order to migrate rows from DB2 to an  
Archive Manager database. The frequency of execution of this procedure will  
be controlled by operational factors, such as the overall amount of DB2 disk  
storage available, the rate of insertion of new rows, the frequency of update  
of migrated rows, the rate of retrieval of migrated rows etc.  
Careful planning is required when implementing a table migration strategy, in  
order to optimize system performance by migrating rows at the appropriate  
stage of their existence. Migration should be performed so that DB2 disk  
storage requirements may be minimized without introducing performance  
problems through the creation of an Archive Manager tape recall activity rate  
which exceeds the performance capacity of the installed tape library  
configuration.  
DB2 Manager requires that a table from which rows are to be migrated is  
migration processing.  
Following successful completion of migration processing, some DB2  
database management is needed if it is required to reclaim disk space  
requirement and describes how to do this.  
Enabling a DB2 table for migration processing  
Before initiating DB2 Manager row migration processing for a DB2 table, the  
table must be enabled for this type of processing. This consists of a number  
of activities as described in this section. These activities must be  
successfully completed for each DB2 table which is to be processed by DB2  
Manager.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Restrictions  
DB2 tables which are to be eligible for processing by DB2 Manager must  
adhere to the following restrictions:  
Each row in the table must be indexed by a unique key. The indexing key  
can consist of one or multiple columns in the table.  
The table must not contain large objects (LOBs), ROWID or identity  
columns or “distinct types”.  
A table which does not satisfy all the above criteria will not be processed by  
the DB2 Manager table migration utility.  
Enabling activities  
In order to enable a DB2 table for row migration by DB2 Manager, the  
following actions must be performed:  
A new partitioned tablespace must be created to hold a copy of the table  
being enabled for migration processing. This should have one more  
partition than the number of partitions in the tablespace containing the  
table to be enabled for migration. The last partition in this tablespace will  
be used for storage of all archive row stubs. Each stub will be 18 bytes in  
length, and there will be one stub for each row in the table which has  
been migrated to Archive Manager. This partition should be large  
enough to hold archive stubs for the maximum number of migrated rows  
present in the database.  
A new table must be created in this tablespace. This should be an exact  
copy of the original table, with the following modifications:  
o The statement ‘EDITPROC OTDBP300’ is added to the SQL  
CREATE TABLE command.  
o An additional column ‘OTDBIND’ is added to the SQL CREATE  
TABLE command, with the following specification:  
OTDBIND CHAR(1) DEFAULT ‘0’  
Example:  
CREATE TABLE OTDBSYST.TAB1A  
(
FIELD1 CHAR(1)  
,
,
,
,
,
FIELD2 CHAR(255)  
FIELD3 VARCHAR(255)  
FIELD4 GRAPHIC(1)  
FIELD5 VARGRAPHIC(127)  
FIELD6 SMALLINT  
FIELD7 INTEGER  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
FIELD8 DECIMAL(7,0) NOT NULL,  
FIELD9 REAL  
FIELD10 DOUBLE  
FIELD11 TIME  
FIELD12 DATE  
,
,
,
NOT NULL,  
76  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
FIELD13 TIMESTAMP  
OTDBIND CHAR(1) DEFAULT '0'  
,
)
IN OTDBSYST.TAB1TS  
EDITPROC OTDBP300;  
For existing non-partitioned tables, a new partitioning index to the new  
table must be created, as follows:  
CREATE INDEX dbname.indexname  
ON dbname.tabname  
(
OTDBIND ASC  
)
CLUSTER  
(PART 1 VALUES('0'),  
PART 2 VALUES('1'))  
....  
For existing partitioned tables, the definition of the existing partitioning  
index should be copied with the following modifications:  
CREATE INDEX dbname.indexname  
ON dbname.tabname  
(
OTDBIND ASC,  
field1 ASC/DESC,  
........,  
fieldn ASC/DESC  
)
CLUSTER  
(PART 1 VALUES(‘0’,a,...,b)  
PART n VALUES (‘0’,c,...,d)  
PART n+1 VALUES (‘1’,y,...,z))  
...  
where:  
field1 is the first column in the existing clustering index  
fieldn is the last column in the existing clustering index  
n is the number of partitions defined in the existing clustering  
index  
‘a’ ... ‘b’ are the values of columns field1 to fieldn used to define partition  
1 in the existing clustering index  
‘c’ ... ‘d’ are the value of columns field1 to fieldn used to define partition n  
in the existing clustering index  
‘y’ ... ‘z’ are the lowest possible values for columns field1 to fieldn  
All other existing indexes should be copied without modification to index  
the new table.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The contents of the existing table should be unloaded, and loaded into  
the new table. This will create an exact copy of the original table, with the  
modifications described above.  
The original table should be dropped from DB2.  
A view should be created of the new table. The view must have the same  
name as that of the original table, and should be defined as follows:  
CREATE VIEW dbname.tabname1  
AS SELECT  
field1,  
field2,  
...  
fieldn  
FROM  
dbname.tabname2  
where:  
tabname1 is the name of the existing table  
tabname2 is the name of the new table  
field1 is the first column in the existing table  
fieldn is the last column in the existing table  
All views on the existing table should be re-created as originally defined.  
Following completion of migrated table enablement processing, a table will be  
eligible for processing by the DB2 Manager table migration utility.  
No other implementation requirements are needed in order to enable  
migration and retrieval processing for a DB2 table. In particular, no  
modifications to existing application programs issuing SQL commands will be  
required. DB2 Manager will automatically enable retrieval, deletion and  
update of rows which have been migrated to an Archive Manager database.  
Disabling activities  
If it is required to disable DB2 Manager support for a DB2 table which had  
previously been enabled for row migration by DB2 Manager, the following  
actions must be performed:  
Before performing any activities to disable DB2 Manager support for  
a DB2 table, all migrated rows must be recalled to the table using  
the DB2 Manager row retrieval utility OTDBP120. Failure to perform  
this step prior to continuing with disabling processing will mean that data  
in migrated rows will no longer be accessible and may be permanently  
lost. Any attempt to access these rows from an SQL application will  
result in an SQL error.  
Views created for the migration-enabled table should be dropped.  
A new partitioned tablespace must be created to hold a copy of the table  
being disabled for migration processing. This should have one less  
partition than the number of partitions in the tablespace containing the  
78  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
migration-enabled table – the last partition in this table should be  
removed when creating the disabled table. Alternatively, if the original  
tablespace used to hold the table prior to enabling it for migration  
processing still exists, this may be used.  
A new table must be created in this tablespace. If the original definition  
used to create the table prior to enabling it for migration processing  
exists, this should be used. Otherwise the definition should be an exact  
copy of that for the migration-enabled table, with the following  
modifications:  
o The name of the table should be the name given to the view created  
for accessing the migration-enabled table during migration enabling  
processing.  
o Remove the statement ‘EDITPROC OTDBP300’ from the SQL  
CREATE TABLE command.  
o
Remove the column ‘OTDBIND’ from the SQL CREATE TABLE  
command.  
If the migration-disabled table is partitioned, modify the existing  
partitioning index by removing the column OTDBIND from the index  
definition, modifying the VALUES statement to remove the OTDBIND  
entries, and removing the PART entry for the last (removed) partition.  
If the migration-disabled table is not partitioned, remove the partitioning  
(PART) statements from the index definition.  
All other existing indexes should be copied without modification to index  
the migration-disabled table.  
The contents of the migration-enabled table should be unloaded, and  
loaded into the new table. Remove the entry for field OTDBIND from the  
SYSIN file used for the re-load job. This process will create an exact  
copy of the original table, with the modifications described above.  
All views on the existing table (other than that having the name of the  
migration-disabled table itself) should be re-created as originally defined.  
A table will be disabled for migration processing following completion of the  
above activities. DB2 Manager will then no longer be required when  
accessing the table.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTDBP100 - the table migration utility  
Migration of rows from a DB2 table to Archive Manager storage is performed  
using the DB2 Manager table migration utility. This is executed as a batch  
job, and processes a single DB2 table per execution. An SQLIN dataset  
entry is used to specify the selection criteria for migration of table rows. This  
this entry.  
Rows from a single DB2 table will be stored in a single Archive Manager  
database (identified to the utility via the SQLIN file). In addition, an Archive  
Manager database may only contain rows from a single DB2 table. DB2  
Manager enforces this one-for-one relationship between DB2 table and  
Archive Manager database during execution of the table migration utility.  
Multiple table migration jobs can be executed concurrently. However, each  
job must process a different DB2 table – only one table migration procedure  
per DB2 table is permitted at any one time. The table migration utility  
communicates directly with the DB2 Manager control region in order to  
connect and disconnect the Archive Manager database being updated.  
Note that the DB2 Manager control region must be fully initialized prior to the  
start of table migration processing.  
A control region writer task will be assigned to the procedure during this  
process. This task will store migrated rows in Archive Manager objects on  
the latest tape dataset in storage level 0 of the Archive Manager database.  
No other writer task may connect to the Archive Manager database for  
update processing while this is in progress.  
In addition, tape reader tasks will not be able to satisfy retrieval requests for  
migrated rows stored in objects on the tape volume being updated by the  
writer task. A ‘resource unavailable’ error (SQL –652 error and a reason  
code of X’1015’ in field SQLERRD(6) in the SQLCA) will be returned to an  
application program which generates such a request. If access to such rows  
is required, it is recommended that Archive Manager (‘K’) copy processing be  
enabled in order to hold copies of objects from at least the latest tape volume  
in the database storage level on disk. This will permit retrieval of these  
objects using control region disk reader tasks. Alternatively, the Archive  
Manager “dynamic load balancing” facility could be implemented in order to  
satisfy retrievals from the appropriate backup volume, if available. Refer to  
the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of both these facilities.  
Note that retrieval of migrated rows from objects held on tape volumes other  
than the latest in the database storage level will be able to continue without  
interruption while table migration processing is in progress for that Archive  
Manager database.  
80  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Functions  
The table migration utility performs the following functions:  
It processes and validates a series of parameters from a SYSIN file, and  
an object selection parameter from file SQLIN which will govern execution  
of the utility. A parameter specification and validation report is written to  
the SYSPRINT dataset.  
It sequentially processes all unmigrated rows in the DB2 table identified in  
the SQLIN parameters and selects all rows which satisfy the migration  
criteria.  
Each selected row is passed to a writer task in the DB2 Manager control  
region for storage as a component of an object in the Archive Manager  
database specified in the SYSIN parameter. The number of rows per  
object is controlled via the OBJSIZE parameter in the ENVCNTL member  
of the DB2 Manager parameter library.  
On successful storage in the Archive Manager database, the migrated row  
is replaced by an 18-byte “archive stub”, identifying that the row has been  
migrated and recording its location in the Archive Manager database.  
Index entries for the migrated row will be unaltered, and will continue to  
exist as they had prior to row migration. The archive stub is stored in the  
table’s archive partition (created during enabling of the table for migration  
processing).  
The utility will commit updates to the Archive Manager database and the  
DB2 table at the frequency specified in the COMMIT execution parameter.  
Following successful completion of commit processing, access to all rows  
migrated since the last commit point (or since the start of utility processing  
for the first commit request) will be made via the DB2 Manager control  
region.  
When all rows have been successfully migrated, the utility will produce a  
processing report indicating successful completion and providing totals of  
the number of rows processed and the number of rows migrated during  
utility execution.  
If the utility encounters a serious error which prevents continued  
processing, it will terminate with a condition code 12 after producing an  
error report identifying the cause of the error and a processing report  
indicating unsuccessful completion and giving totals of the number of rows  
processed and the number of rows successfully migrated up to the last  
successful commit point.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
JCL requirements  
The following JCL may be used to execute the utility:  
//*  
//STEP100 EXEC PGM=OTDBP100,REGION=4096K  
//*  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//*  
//SYSIN  
//SQLIN  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
DD DSN=Execution.parameter.file,DISP=SHR  
DD DSN=Migration.criteria.file,DISP=SHR  
DD entries should be specified as follows:  
STEPLIB:  
Enter the names of the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager  
product load libraries.  
SYSPRINT: This entry is used for all print reports created during utility  
execution.  
SYSIN:  
SQLIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 byte records, and is used for specification of the  
specify parameter entries in this file.  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 bytes records, and is used for specification of  
the migration selection criteria to be used by the utility for  
selection of rows for migration from DB2 to DB2 Manager.  
description of how to specify a migration selection criteria entry  
in this file.  
SYSIN parameter specification  
Parameters used to control execution of the utility are specified in file SYSIN.  
This must be a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing one or  
more fixed-length 80-byte records, each record containing one or more  
separate parameter entries. Each parameter entry must be completely  
contained within one record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry  
from one record to another is not permitted. A single record may contain  
multiple parameter entries, each being separated by one or more spaces,  
and optionally a single comma (‘,’).  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. The first keyword parameter in a record may  
begin in any character position from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up  
82  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
to character position 71 of the record. Individual keyword parameters may not  
be continued over more than one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
The following parameters may be specified:  
LCDDBID = xxxx  
This is a mandatory parameter and specifies the 4-character identifier of  
the Archive Manager database to which rows are to be archived during  
execution of the utility. This database must have been identified in the  
Manager database in all DB2 Manager components.  
The utility will verify that the Archive Manager database contains only  
migrated rows from the DB2 table being processed in its current  
execution. If this is not the case, an error report is produced and the  
utility will terminate with condition code 12.  
COMMIT = nnnnn  
This is an optional parameter used to specify the frequency at which  
Archive Manager and DB2 commit processing is to be performed by the  
utility. ‘nnnn’ is a 1-5 digit numeric value in the range 1-65535,  
specifying the number of rows to be processed between each commit  
request. If this parameter is omitted, a default value of 1000 is used.  
Once commit processing has been successfully completed, all rows  
migrated since the last commit point (or since the beginning of the job, for  
the first commit call) will have been successfully stored in the Archive  
Manager database, and all subsequent access to those rows will be  
performed by DB2 Manager.  
The value specified (or defaulted) for the COMMIT parameter will also be  
used in conjunction with the global OBJSIZE parameter (specified in the  
ENVCNTL parameter library member) to determine the number of rows to  
be stored per object in the Archive Manager database. The actual  
number of rows per objects will be the lower of the two values (COMMIT  
or OBJSIZE).  
RESTART=YES|NO  
This is an optional parameter used to control restart processing. If the  
previous execution of the utility terminated abnormally, the parameter  
should be set to “YES”. If omitted, the default value of “NO” is used.  
Failure to specify this parameter correctly may cause execution of the  
utility to fail with an Archive Manager connect database return code of  
‘15’, indicating that the utility is attempting normal connection to a  
database which is in an “uncommitted” condition.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NEWTAPE=YES|NO  
This is an optional parameter used to cause a new tape volume in the  
Archive Manager database to be opened at the start of migration  
processing. If omitted, the default value of “NO” is used.  
DB2SSID=xxxx  
This mandatory parameter is used to specify the subsystem identifier of  
the DB2 subsystem to be used during execution of the utility. The  
subsystem identifier ‘xxxx’ can be 1-4 characters in length.  
PLAN=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter which is used to specify the DB2 plan name  
to be used during execution of the utility, where ‘xxxxxxxx’ is the 1-8  
character identifier of the plan. If omitted, a default value of OTDBL100 is  
information about DB2 Manager plan creation processing.  
S100PRI=nnnnnnn  
This is an optional parameter specifying the number of primary extent  
blocks to be used during allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS100 used  
during execution of the utility. ‘nnnnnnn’ is a 1-7 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-8388607. If omitted, a default value of 10000 will be used.  
The length of each block will be equal to 100 times the concatenated field  
lengths of the table columns which are used to uniquely index each row in  
the unique index requirement).  
S100SEC=nnnnnnn  
This is an optional parameter specifying the number of secondary extent  
blocks to be used during allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS100 used  
during execution of the utility. ‘nnnnnnn’ is a 1-7 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-8388607. If omitted, a default value of 10000 will be used.  
The length of each block will be equal to 100 times the concatenated field  
lengths of the table columns which are used to uniquely index each row in  
the unique index requirement).  
S100UNIT=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter specifying the unit name to be used for  
allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS100 used during execution of the  
utility. ‘xxxxxxxx’ is any valid disk or VIO unit name. If omitted, a default  
value of ‘VIO’ is used.  
ROWMAX=nnnnnn|0  
This is an optional parameter specifying the maximum number of rows to  
be migrated from DB2 by the utility. The utility will terminate processing  
84  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
at the first commit point (as controlled via the COMMIT parameter) after  
reaching this value. ‘nnnnnn’ must be a 1-6 digit numeric value in the  
range 0-999999. A value of 0 indicates that there is no maximum to the  
number of rows to be migrated during execution of the utility. If this  
parameter is omitted, a default value of 0 is used.  
TIME=nnnn|0  
This is an optional parameter specifying the maximum time for which  
execution of the utility is to continue. The utility will terminate processing  
at the first commit point (as controlled via the COMMIT parameter) after  
reaching this value. ‘nnnn’ must be a 1-4 digit numeric value in the range  
0-999999. A value of 0 indicates that there is no maximum to the  
execution time of the utility. If this parameter is omitted, a default value of  
0 is used.  
SQLIN entry specification  
The SQLIN file is a fixed-block sequential dataset with a logical record length  
of 80 bytes. It must contain one or more records containing a free-format text  
description of the rule(s) to be used for selection of objects to be migrated  
from DB2 to Archive Manager. Character positions 1-71 will be used for this  
description. Contents of character positions 72-80 in each record will be  
ignored. A maximum of 15 records may be present in the SQLIN file.  
Rules for migration are specified in the format of a standard DB2-compatible  
SQL SELECT command, which must have the general format:  
SELECT key1, key2, .... keyn FROM table_name  
WHERE migration_criteria  
where ‘key1’, ‘key2’, …. ‘keyn’ are the names of the columns which are used  
to establish a unique key for each row in the database, ‘table_name’ is the  
name of the DB2 table which is to be processed by the utility (ie. the name of  
the table itself, not the view of the table created during product installation  
processing), and ‘migration_criteria’ are the criteria specified by the user for  
selection of rows which are to be eligible for migration to Archive Manager  
(eg):  
SELECT ACCOUNT, SUBCODE FROM OTDBTEST.TAB1  
WHERE DATE < ’01.02.1997’  
Note that migration criteria are specified using the standard DB2-compatible  
SQL criteria specification format.  
A unique key must exist for each row in the database in order for it to be  
eligible for archival by the utility. The maximum number of key fields which  
may be specified is 8. Any valid SQL selection criteria may be entered in  
order to identify rows which are to be eligible for migration.  
The archival utility will cause this statement to be validated by DB2 for correct  
SQL syntax. Any invalid specification will cause an SQL error to be received  
by the utility, which will cause it to terminate with a condition code of 12. In  
these circumstances, the SQL statement should be corrected and the job  
restarted.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PARMLIB requirements  
The following ENVCNTL parameter library entries are used by the DB2  
Manager control region during table migration processing. It should be  
verified that these are set as required prior to the start of table migration  
processing. If not, they may be altered via the DB2 Manager ‘SET’ operator  
SMFRECID  
This parameter should be set to the identifier of the  
SMF records to be created by DB2 Manager during  
table migration processing, or set to 0 if no SMF  
recording is to take place.  
OBJSIZE  
This parameter should be set (or defaulted) to control  
the maximum number of migrated rows to be stored  
per Archive Manager object during table migration  
processing. Note that the lower of the two values for  
the ENVCNTL OBJSIZE parameter and the SYSIN  
COMMIT parameter is used to determine the maximum  
number of migrated rows per Archive Manager object.  
WRITETIMEOUT  
This parameter will control the length of time that a  
writer task will wait between receiving successive  
requests when updating an Archive Manager database.  
If no request is received when this time interval  
expires, the writer task will disconnect the Archive  
Manager database without committing updates. This  
will cause the current tape volume to be dismounted,  
and the database to be left in an “uncommitted”  
condition. A rerun of the table migration job will then  
be required with the execution parameter  
“RESTART=YES” specified.  
Print reports  
The table migration utility will write a number of print reports to the  
SYSPRINT dataset during execution. These consist of:  
Parameter specification and validation report. This will contain a list  
of SYSIN parameters specified (or defaulted) for execution of the utility,  
and a validation error report if errors are detected in parameter  
specification. It will also specify the SQL migration selection statement  
coded in the SQLIN file.  
Execution report. Any errors or warning conditions encountered during  
execution of the utility will be identified in this report.  
Summary processing report. At end of processing, the utility will write  
the summary processing report which will identify the total number of  
table rows processed, and the total number migrated, up to the last  
successful commit point (for runs which do not terminate successfully) or  
up to end of processing (for successful runs).  
86  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Condition codes  
The table migration utility will set a condition code on completion. This code  
may take the following values:  
0 -  
4 -  
the utility has been executed successfully.  
a warning condition has been encountered during processing  
of the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 -  
an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 -  
a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Utility failure and restart considerations  
If the table migration utility fails to complete successfully (return code greater  
than 8), consult the error report in the SYSPRINT dataset to identify the  
cause of the problem. Refer to chapter 7 for a description of the message(s)  
appearing in the error report. All rows successfully processed prior to the  
last successful commit point before failure will have been successfully  
migrated from DB2 to Archive Manager, and any access requests for those  
objects will be satisfied by DB2 Manager from the appropriate Archive  
Manager database.  
After correcting the error, the utility may be rerun with an execution parameter  
of “RESTART=YES” specified. The utility will automatically restart  
processing from the last successful commit point during the failed execution.  
No other special actions need to be taken prior to re-starting the failed table  
migration job.  
Operator commands  
Execution of the utility may be terminated at any point by entering the  
following command through the system console:  
(STO)P jobname  
where ‘jobname’ is the name of the job used to execute the object  
management procedure.  
The utility will acknowledge receipt of this command via message OTD10023,  
and perform normal termination processing. All database updates performed  
by the utility prior to termination will be committed, and the utility will  
terminate with a condition code of 4.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Further executions of the table migration job for the appropriate DB2 table  
may subsequently be performed as normal.  
Data management processing  
Following successful execution of a table migration process, a number of  
follow-up activities may be required in order to complete the management of  
migrated and unmigrated data. These activities consist of the following:  
DB2 table backup and recovery  
DB2 table reorganization  
Archive Manager database backup and recovery  
DB2 table backup and recovery  
There is no change required to backup and recovery processing procedures  
for tablespaces containing tables which have been enabled for DB2 Manager  
migration. Image-copies should be taken normally as for non-enabled  
tables. However, as the size of the tablespaces used for storage of tables  
may now have been substantially reduced, the length of time taken for image-  
copy processing will be reduced by a corresponding amount.  
Restore of a tablespace containing a migration-enabled table is performed in  
an identical manner to that of a tablespace containing a non-enabled table.  
DB2 will restore the 18-byte stubs containing information about migrated  
rows, as well as restoring non-migrated rows, to the condition they were in at  
the time the image-copy was taken. The stubs contain all the information  
necessary to access migrated rows from Archive Manager.  
DB2 database reorganization  
Tables which have been enabled for migration processing must be defined in  
migrated row stubs, and one or more partitions for storage of non-migrated  
rows.  
Database reorganization processing should not be performed on the partition  
containing the migrated row stubs, unless absolutely necessary.  
Reorganization of this partition will cause all migrated rows to be retrieved  
from Archive Manager. If Archive Manager objects are held on tape storage  
only, this is likely to generate a substantial amount of tape activity and could  
take an excessive length of time to complete. However, all rows stored in  
this partition will be a fixed 18 bytes in length. In this case, deletion of rows is  
not likely to cause fragmentation in the tablespace, as deleted space can be  
re-used as required. The requirement for reorganization of this partition is  
thus not mandatory.  
88  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Reorganization of other (non-migrated) partitions in the tablespace should be  
performed as normal. Regular reorganization will, in particular, be required  
for a period of time after implementation of DB2 Manager migration, in order  
to reclaim disk space occupied by rows which have been migrated to Archive  
Manager. This will allow these tablespace partitions to be reduced in size,  
eventually down to the size needed for the “working-set” of unmigrated rows  
(ie) rows which have yet to be migrated to Archive Manager.  
Reorganization of one or more partitions of a partitioned tablespace is  
accomplished through the use of the PART keyword on the REORG  
TABLESPACE utility command. Refer to the appropriate DB2 Utility Guide  
and Reference manual for a complete description of this process.  
Archive Manager database backup and recovery  
Archive Manager database backup  
After completion of the table migration process, standard Archive Manager  
database backup procedures should be implemented, as documented in the  
Archive Manager User Manual. The following Archive Manager database  
system files should be backed up, using standard disk backup procedures:  
Primary index dataset  
Storage level 0 space management dataset  
Journal dataset (optional – only required if journaling is enabled for  
the Archive Manager database).  
The tape volume(s) updated or created during table migration processing  
should be backed up using the Archive Manager database backup utility  
OTASP110. Standard Archive Manager archival and backup processing  
enables the creation of up to 4 copies of each tape volume in an Archive  
Manager database. The copies are identified as follows:  
‘A’ copy - this is the primary copy created when writing objects to an Archive  
Manager tape database. The primary copy will always exist.  
‘B’ copy - this is a backup copy of the primary (‘A’) volume, created via  
execution of the Archive Manager backup utility (OTASP110).  
‘C’ copy - this is a duplex copy of the primary (‘A’) volume. The ‘C’ copy is  
automatically created when writing objects to an Archive Manager  
database for which the duplexing facility has been enabled via the  
Archive Manager database administration facility. The duplex  
copy is created at the same time as the primary copy (ie) two tape  
drives will be allocated concurrently by Archive Manager.  
‘D’ copy - this is a duplex copy of the backup (‘B’) volume. The ‘D’ copy is  
automatically created by the Archive Manager backup utility, when  
backing up a database for which the ‘duplex during backup’ facility  
has been enabled via the Archive Manager database  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
administration facility. The backup duplex copy is created at the  
same time as the backup copy.  
Each copy will contain a single standard-labeled dataset. The contents of  
each copy will be identical. The following dataset naming standards are used  
by Archive Manager to identify each copy in an Archive Manager tape  
database:  
‘A’ copy:  
‘B’ copy:  
‘C’ copy:  
‘D’ copy:  
‘hlq.Gnnnnn’  
‘hlq.Bs.Gnnnnn’  
‘hlq.Cs.Gnnnnn’  
‘hlq.Ds.Gnnnnn’  
where  
‘hlq’ is the high-level qualifier for system datasets, as defined  
during Archive Manager database definition processing (see  
‘s’ is the storage level (0-7)  
and  
‘nnnnn’ is the sequence number of the dataset within the  
Archive Manager database.  
Objects are always written to storage level 0 when first migrated to tape.  
They may subsequently be moved to other storage levels via execution of the  
Archive Manager object management utility.  
Archive Manager also provides a facility (via its database administration  
process) to automatically control the tape cartridge devices to be used to  
create each copy during the object migration or backup process  
(eg)  
‘A’ copy to primary library location. This copy of the database  
will be used for normal production access.  
‘B’ copy to offsite location. This copy of the database will be  
used for disaster recovery purposes.  
‘C’ copy to alternate onsite location. This copy of the database  
will be used for recovery after loss of an individual volume.  
This location may be in another library storage module, for  
automated recovery access, or on a free-standing device for  
eventual shelf storage.  
Note that if duplexing during archival is enabled for the Archive Manager  
database, then a duplex tape volume will be created concurrently with the  
primary tape volume during database update processing. In some  
circumstances (e.g. if the duplex volume is created at a remote offsite  
location) it may not be necessary to execute the Archive Manager database  
backup utility. Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for full information  
on these considerations.  
Archive Manager database recovery  
90  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Archive Manager database recovery may be required in the following  
circumstances:  
1. loss of an individual tape volume from with an Archive Manager tape  
database (eg) due to media failure  
2. loss of an entire Archive Manager database (eg) due to loss of data  
center.  
In both the above cases, standard Archive Manager database recovery  
procedures should be followed. A full description of these procedures may  
be found in the ‘Recovery Control Processing’ section in the Archive Manager  
User Manual.  
The procedure in each case is summarized below:  
1. Loss of individual tape volume(s)  
Identify the dataset sequence number(s) of the tape volume(s) which  
have become unavailable. A tape volume’s dataset sequence number  
may be obtained from the name of the dataset contained on that volume.  
for a description of Archive Manager dataset naming standards.  
Set each sequence number (or range of sequence numbers) in recovery  
status, using the standard Archive Manager database administration  
dialog for the database containing the unavailable volumes. The copy to  
be used for recovery (‘B’, ‘C’ or ‘D’) is established during this process.  
Archive Manager will automatically access the appropriate backup copy  
when retrieving objects from all volumes which have been placed in  
recovery status.  
The primary copy of all volumes which are in recovery status should be  
re-created at a subsequent time using the Archive Manager database  
recovery utility OTASP130. This utility will automatically remove a volume  
from recovery status after its primary copy has been re-created. Volumes  
may be manually removed from recovery status at any time via the  
Archive Manager database administration dialog.  
2. Loss of entire database  
If an entire database has been lost (due to hardware malfunction or loss  
of data center), the database must be placed in ‘disaster recovery’ status  
via the standard Archive Manager database administration dialog. The  
copy to be used for disaster recovery (‘B’, ‘C’ or ‘D’) is specified during  
this procedure.  
When a database is in disaster recovery status, all retrievals by Archive  
Manager from that database will be performed from the appropriate  
backup copy. In order to guarantee the continuance of established  
service levels for DB2 applications, all volumes in that copy of the  
database should be available for automated processing.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If disaster recovery is being performed on another processor, all disk  
datasets used by DB2 Manager and Archive Manager, and all user  
catalog entries from the primary facility, must be restored for use on the  
disaster recovery facility. There is no requirement for physical recovery of  
any tape dataset prior to disaster recovery usage.  
If necessary, the primary copy of the database may be re-created using  
the standard Archive Manager database recovery utility (OTASP130).  
After a primary volume has been re-created, it will be removed from  
recovery status, and will be used thereafter to satisfy accesses to objects  
on that volume, as normal.  
92  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DB2 Manager Utilities  
6
A number of batch utility programs are supplied with DB2 Manager, for  
provision of a range of facilities for supporting the DB2 Manager operational  
environment, and for extending functional capabilities supplied with other  
components of the product.  
These utilities consist of:  
OTDBP120 – the DB2 Manager row restore utility. This utility allows  
customers to identify migrated rows which are to be restored from Archive  
Manager to DB2 storage. The utility will retrieve selected rows from  
Archive Manager storage, and restore them in the DB2 table from which  
they were originally migrated.  
OTDBP130 – the DB2 Manager pre-fetch utility. This utility allows  
customers to pre-fetch Archive Manager objects containing identified  
migrated rows from tape to disk storage within an Archive Manager  
database. The migration status of rows processed by this utility will  
remain unaltered.  
OTDBP140 – the DB2 Manager table analysis utility. This scans a DB2  
table and issues a print report giving a detailed and/or summary analysis  
of the contents of the table, identifying rows which have been migrated to  
Archive Manager storage.  
OTDBP170 – the DB2 Manager database housekeeping utility. This  
scans a DB2 table and deletes any objects from the corresponding  
Archive Manager database which no longer hold active migrated rows.  
This will allow utilities supplied with the base Archive Manager product to  
reclaim space occupied by deleted objects.  
OTDBP120 - the row restore utility  
OTDBP120 is the DB2 Manager row restore utility program. The program is  
executed as a batch job in order to retrieve one or more migrated rows from  
an Archive Manager database and to return them to the DB2 table from which  
they were originally migrated. After restore, the rows will be implicitly deleted  
from the Archive Manager database, and will become resident in DB2 only.  
They will then be eligible for migration back to Archive Manager by the table  
migration utility OTDBP100 at some subsequent time.  
The rows to be restored from Archive Manager are identified by the customer  
via search criteria in an SQL command, in an identical manner to the way in  
which rows are identified for selection for migration by OTDBP100.  
Execution of the program is controlled via a series of execution parameters.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
A print report is issued by the utility giving details of the execution  
parameters, the row restore selection criteria and summary information about  
the rows restored from Archive Manager.  
Functions  
The DB2 Manager row restore utility performs the following functions:  
It will process and validate a series of execution parameters from a  
SYSIN file, and an SQLIN object selection parameter which will govern  
execution of the utility. The utility will then obtain information from DB2  
about the table to be updated.  
It will scan the DB2 table, and select migrated rows for restore from the  
Archive Manager database which satisfy the selection criteria specified in  
the SYSIN dataset. An entry is written to an internal table for each  
selected row.  
After all rows in the table have been processed in this manner, the utility  
will sort all entries in the table into ascending database sequence. This  
will allow the utility to access the migrated rows in the most efficient  
manner, with the minimum amount of tape handling processing.  
The utility will process the sorted table sequentially. For each entry, the  
utility will update the corresponding table row by setting the archive  
indicator column (OTDBIND) back to ‘0’. This will cause the row to be  
retrieved from the Archive Manager database, and the 18-byte archive  
stub (in the table’s archive partition) to be replaced by the actual row (in  
one of the table’s non-archive partitions).  
Following successful update of a row, all subsequent access to that row  
will be satisfied from the DB2 table as normal. Access to the migrated  
row will have been lost. Storage space within the Archive Manager  
database for that row may be reclaimed by executing the DB2 Manager  
At the end of processing, a report will be produced giving the total number  
of rows which have been restored.  
JCL requirements  
The following JCL may be used to execute the utility:  
//*  
//STEP120 EXEC PGM=OTDBP120,REGION=4096K  
//*  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//*  
//OTASxxxx DD DSN=Archive.Manager.index.dataset,DISP=SHR  
//SYSIN  
//SQLIN  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
DD DSN=Execution.parameter.file,DISP=SHR  
DD DSN=Row-restore.criteria.file,DISP=SHR  
DD entries should be specified as follows:  
94  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
STEPLIB:  
Enter the names of the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager  
product load libraries.  
OTASxxxx: Enter the name of the primary index dataset of the Archive  
Manager database used for storage of objects from the DB2  
table being processed by the utility. ‘xxxx’ should be set to the  
4-character value used to identify the Archive Manager  
database in the DB2 Manager control region procedure (see  
SYSPRINT: This entry is used for all print reports created during utility  
execution.  
SYSIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 byte records, and is used for specification of the  
specify parameter entries in this file.  
SQLIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 bytes records, and is used for specification of  
the criteria to be used by the utility for restoration of rows from  
entry in this file.  
SYSIN parameter specification  
Parameters used to control execution of the utility are specified in file SYSIN.  
This must be a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing one or  
more fixed-length 80-byte records, each record containing one or more  
separate parameter entries. Each parameter entry must be completely  
contained within one record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry  
from one record to another is not permitted. A single record may contain  
multiple parameter entries, each being separated by one or more spaces,  
and optionally a single comma (‘,’).  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. The first keyword parameter in a record may  
begin in any character position from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up  
to character position 71 of the record. Individual keyword parameters may not  
be continued over more than one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
The following parameters may be specified:  
DB2SSID=xxxx  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
95  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
This mandatory parameter is used to specify the subsystem identifier of  
the DB2 subsystem to be used during execution of the utility. The  
subsystem identifier ‘xxxx’ can be 1-4 characters in length.  
PLAN=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter which is used to specify the DB2 plan name  
to be used during execution of the utility, where ‘xxxxxxxx’ is the 1-8  
character identifier of the plan. If omitted, a default value of OTDBL120 is  
information about DB2 Manager plan creation processing.  
COMMIT = nnnnn|0  
This is an optional parameter used to specify the frequency at which DB2  
commit processing is to be performed by the utility. ‘nnnnn’ is a 1-5 digit  
numeric value in the range 0-99999, specifying the number of rows to be  
restored between each commit request. A value of 0 indicates that no  
explicit commit processing is to be performed by the program. If this  
parameter is omitted, a default value of 0 is used.  
Once commit processing has been successfully completed, all rows  
restored since the last commit point (or since the beginning of the job, for  
the first commit call) will have been successfully stored in the DB2 table,  
and all subsequent access to those rows will be performed via DB2 only.  
INDEXONLY=Y|N  
This optional parameter is used to control whether the selection criteria  
specified by the user for restoring rows are to be capable of resolution via  
table indexes only. The default value of “Y” indicates that the selection  
criteria must be capable of resolution via indexes only. If this is not the  
case, the program will issue an error message and terminate with a  
condition code 12. A value of “N” indicates that the selection criteria do  
not need to be capable of resolution via indexes only. In this case,  
execution of the row restore job may cause the utility to sequentially  
process all migrated rows from the Archive Manager database.  
If this parameter is omitted, the default value of “Y” is used.  
S120PRI=nnnnnnn  
This is an optional parameter specifying the number of primary extent  
blocks to be used during allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS120 used  
during execution of the utility. ‘nnnnnnn’ is a 1-7 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-8388607. If omitted, a default value of 10000 will be used.  
The length of each block will be equal to 100 times the concatenated field  
lengths of the table columns which are used to uniquely index each row in  
the unique index requirement).  
S120SEC=nnnnnnn  
96  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This is an optional parameter specifying the number of secondary extent  
blocks to be used during allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS120 used  
during execution of the utility. ‘nnnnnnn’ is a 1-7 digit numeric value in  
the range 1-8388607. If omitted, a default value of 10000 will be used.  
The length of each block will be equal to 100 times the concatenated field  
lengths of the table columns which are used to uniquely index each row in  
the unique index requirement).  
S120UNIT=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter specifying the unit name to be used for  
allocation of temporary dataset OTDBS120 used during execution of the  
utility. ‘xxxxxxxx’ is any valid disk or VIO unit name. If omitted, a default  
value of ‘VIO’ is used.  
SQLIN entry specification  
The SQLIN file is a fixed-block sequential dataset with a logical record length  
of 80 bytes. It must contain one or more records containing a free-format text  
description of the rule(s) to be used for selection of rows to be restored from  
Archive Manager to DB2. Character positions 1-71 will be used for this  
description. Contents of character positions 72-80 in each record will be  
ignored. A maximum of 15 records may be present in the SQLIN file.  
Rules for row restore are specified in the format of a standard DB2-  
compatible SQL SELECT command, which must have the general format:  
SELECT key1, key2, .... keyn FROM table_name  
WHERE row_restore_criteria  
where ‘key1’, ‘key2’, …. ‘keyn’ are the names of the columns which are used  
to establish a unique key for each row in the database, ‘table_name’ is the  
name of the DB2 table which is to be processed by the utility, (ie. the name of  
the table itself, not the view of the table created during product installation  
processing), and ‘row_restore_criteria’ are the criteria specified by the user  
for selection of rows which are to be restored to Archive Manager (eg):  
SELECT ACCOUNT, SUBCODE FROM OTDBTEST.TAB1  
WHERE ACNO = ‘123456789’  
Note that row restore criteria are specified using the standard DB2-  
compatible SQL criteria specification format. Note also that where more than  
one unique index exists for the table, keys from any of these indexes may be  
used in the SELECT statement. In these circumstances, the choice of  
unique key(s) should be influenced by the search argument, in order to allow  
selection of rows for restore to be performed via INDEXONLY processing  
where possible.  
The row restore utility will cause this statement to be validated by DB2 for  
correct SQL syntax. Any invalid specification will cause an SQL error to be  
received by the utility, which will cause it to terminate with a condition code of  
12. In these circumstances, the SQL statement should be corrected and the  
job restarted.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Print reports  
The row restore utility will write a number of print reports to the SYSPRINT  
dataset during execution. These consist of:  
Parameter specification and validation report. This will contain a list  
of SYSIN parameters specified (or defaulted) for execution of the utility,  
and a validation error report if errors are detected in parameter  
specification. It will also specify the SQL row restore selection statement  
coded in the SQLIN file.  
Execution report. Any errors or warning conditions encountered during  
execution of the utility will be identified in this report.  
Summary processing report. At end of processing, the utility will write  
the summary processing report which will identify the total number of  
table rows processed, and the total number restored, up to the last  
successful commit point (for runs which do not terminate successfully) or  
up to end of processing (for successful runs).  
Condition codes  
The row restore utility will set a condition code on completion. This code may  
take the following values:  
0 -  
4 -  
the utility has been executed successfully.  
a warning condition has been encountered during processing  
of the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 -  
an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 -  
a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Utility failure and restart considerations  
If the row restore utility fails to complete successfully (return code greater  
than 8), consult the error report in the SYSPRINT dataset to identify the  
cause of the problem. Refer to chapter 7 for a description of the message(s)  
appearing in the error report. All rows successfully processed prior to the  
last successful commit point before failure will have been successfully  
restored from Archive Manager to DB2, and any access requests for those  
objects will be satisfied via DB2 only.  
After correcting the error, the utility may be rerun normally. The utility will  
automatically restart processing from the last successful commit point during  
98  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
the failed execution. No special actions need to be taken prior to re-starting  
the failed row restore job.  
Clean-up processing  
Following successful execution of the row restore utility, the storage used in  
the Archive Manager database for rows which have been restored to DB2 will  
no longer be accessible, and will be eligible for re-use. However, this space  
cannot be re-used until the Archive Manager object holding a restored row  
has been deleted from the Archive Manager database.  
As multiple migrated rows may be held in each Archive Manager object, it is  
not possible to delete the object until all migrated rows held therein have  
been invalidated (either due to being restored to DB2, or to the row being  
deleted from the DB2 table).  
DB2 Manager provides a database housekeeping utility to perform cross-  
reference processing between a DB2 table and its associated Archive  
Manager database, and to delete Archive Manager objects which no longer  
contain active migrated rows. Standard Archive Manager object  
management and database maintenance processing can then be performed  
to allow re-use of index storage and tape and/or disk copy storage used for  
housekeeping processing requirements.  
OTDBP130 - the pre-fetch utility  
OTDBP130 is the DB2 Manager pre-fetch utility program. The program is  
executed as a batch job in order to pre-fetch Archive Manager objects  
containing migrated rows from tape to disk storage within the Archive  
Manager database. After pre-fetching, the objects containing the selected  
rows will be accessed from disk instead of from tape, improving performance  
for access to migrated rows. Note that pre-fetching rows using this utility will  
not affect the migration status of the rows - these will remain in Archive  
Manager storage, and are not restored to the originating DB2 table. The  
row restore utility OTDBP120 should be used if it is required to return  
migrated rows to DB2 storage.  
The rows to be pre-fetched by Archive Manager are identified by the  
customer via search criteria in an SQL command, in an identical manner to  
the way in which rows are identified for selection for migration by OTDBP100.  
Execution of the program is controlled via a series of execution parameters.  
A print report is issued by the utility giving details of the execution  
parameters, the pre-fetch selection criteria and detailed and/or summary  
information about the rows pre-fetched by Archive Manager.  
Disk copies of pre-fetched objects are retained by Archive Manager for the  
period of time specified in the database definition. Pre-fetched objects will be  
deleted by the Archive Manager object management utility following  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
expiration of this time interval. Refer to the Lifecycle Director Archive  
Manager User Guide for information about setting pre-fetch retention periods  
in a database, and about executing the object management utility.  
Functions  
The DB2 Manager pre-fetch utility performs the following functions:  
It will process and validate a series of execution parameters from a  
SYSIN file, and an SQLIN row selection parameter which will govern  
execution of the utility. The utility will then obtain information from DB2  
about the table from which the rows to be pre-fetched were migrated.  
It will scan the DB2 table, and select migrated rows for pre-fetching in the  
Archive Manager database which satisfy the selection criteria specified in  
the SYSIN dataset.  
For each selected row, a pre-fetch request will be passed to Archive  
Manager requesting that the object containing the selected row be copied  
from tape to disk, using the standard pre-fetch application program  
interface supplied by that component. If detailed print reporting has been  
requested an entry will be written to the report file giving details of the  
request passed to Archive Manager and the result of that request.  
When the number of requests accepted by Archive Manager has reached  
the batch size specified in the execution parameters, the program will  
issue a request to Archive Manager to process the batch. This will cause  
Archive Manager to sort all requests in the batch into the most efficient  
sequence for retrieval from tape, and to create disk copies of each object  
in the batch. Note that the same object may appear multiple times in  
each batch, if multiple rows within that object have been selected for pre-  
fetch processing. Archive Manager will ignore duplicate object requests  
in the batch.  
After all rows in the table have been processed in this manner, a report  
will be produced giving the total number of rows which have been pre-  
fetched.  
JCL requirements  
The following JCL may be used to execute the utility:  
//*  
//STEP130 EXEC PGM=OTDBP130,REGION=4096K  
//*  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//*  
//OTASxxxx DD DSN=Archive.Manager.index.dataset,DISP=SHR  
//SYSIN  
//SQLIN  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
DD DSN=Execution.parameter.file,DISP=SHR  
DD DSN=Pre-fetch.criteria.file,DISP=SHR  
DD entries should be specified as follows:  
100  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
STEPLIB:  
Enter the names of the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager  
product load libraries.  
OTASxxxx: Enter the name of the primary index dataset of the Archive  
Manager database used for storage of objects from the DB2  
table being processed by the utility. ‘xxxx’ should be set to the  
4-character value used to identify the Archive Manager  
database in the DB2 Manager control region procedure (see  
SYSPRINT: This entry is used for all print reports created during utility  
execution.  
SYSIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 byte records, and is used for specification of the  
to specify parameter entries in this file.  
SQLIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 bytes records, and is used for specification of  
the criteria to be used by the utility for pre-fetching of rows by  
in this file.  
SYSIN parameter specification  
Parameters used to control execution of the utility are specified in file SYSIN.  
This must be a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing one or  
more fixed-length 80-byte records, each record containing one or more  
separate parameter entries. Each parameter entry must be completely  
contained within one record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry  
from one record to another is not permitted. A single record may contain  
multiple parameter entries, each being separated by one or more spaces,  
and optionally a single comma (‘,’).  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. The first keyword parameter in a record may  
begin in any character position from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up  
to character position 71 of the record. Individual keyword parameters may not  
be continued over more than one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
The following parameters may be specified:  
DB2SSID=xxxx  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
101  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
This mandatory parameter is used to specify the subsystem identifier of  
the DB2 subsystem to be used during execution of the utility. The  
subsystem identifier ‘xxxx’ can be 1-4 characters in length.  
PLAN=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter which is used to specify the DB2 plan name  
to be used during execution of the utility, where ‘xxxxxxxx’ is the 1-8  
character identifier of the plan. If omitted, a default value of OTDBL130 is  
information about DB2 Manager plan creation processing.  
BATCH = nnnnn|0  
This is an optional parameter used to specify the maximum number of  
pre-fetch requests which are to be processed by Archive Manager in a  
single batch. ‘nnnnn’ is a 1-5 digit numeric value in the range 0-99999,  
specifying the number of requests to be processed per batch. A value of  
0 indicates that there is no maximum to the size of the request batch – all  
rows identified for pre-fetching during execution of the utility will be  
processed in a single batch. If this parameter is omitted, a default value  
of 0 is used.  
INDEXONLY=Y|N  
This optional parameter is used to control whether the selection criteria  
specified by the user for pre-fetching rows are to be capable of resolution  
via table indexes only. The default value of “Y” indicates that the  
selection criteria must be capable of resolution via indexes only. If this is  
not the case, the program will issue an error message and terminate with  
a condition code 12. A value of “N” indicates that the selection criteria do  
not need to be capable of resolution via indexes only. In this case,  
execution of the pre-fetch job may cause the utility to sequentially process  
all migrated rows from the Archive Manager database.  
If this parameter is omitted, the default value of “Y” is used.  
PRINT=DETAIL|SUMMARY  
This is an optional parameter which is used to control the level of  
reporting performed by the utility. If a value of SUMMARY is specified for  
this parameter, the detailed processing report will be omitted. All other  
print reports will be produced as normal. If the default value of DETAIL is  
specified, all print reports (including the detailed processing report) will be  
produced.  
SQLIN entry specification  
The SQLIN file is a fixed-block sequential dataset with a logical record length  
of 80 bytes. It must contain one or more records containing a free-format text  
description of the rule(s) to be used for selection of rows to be pre-fetched by  
Archive Manager. Character positions 1-71 will be used for this description.  
102  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Contents of character positions 72-80 in each record will be ignored. A  
maximum of 15 records may be present in the SQLIN file.  
Pre-fetch rules are specified in the format of a standard DB2-compatible SQL  
SELECT command, which must have the general format:  
SELECT key1, key2, .... keyn FROM table_name  
WHERE pre-fetch_criteria  
where ‘key1’, ‘key2’, …. ‘keyn’ are the names of the columns which are used  
to establish a unique key for each row in the database, ‘table_name’ is the  
name of the DB2 table which is to be processed by the utility, (ie. the name of  
the table itself, not the view of the table created during product installation  
processing), and ‘pre-fetch_criteria’ are the criteria specified by the user for  
selection of rows which are to be pre-fetched by Archive Manager (eg):  
SELECT ACCOUNT, SUBCODE FROM OTDBTEST.TAB1  
WHERE ACNO = ‘123456789’  
Note that pre-fetch criteria are specified using the standard DB2-compatible  
SQL criteria specification format. Note also that where more than one unique  
index exists for the table, keys from any of these indexes may be used in the  
SELECT statement. In these circumstances, the choice of unique key(s)  
should be influenced by the search argument, in order to allow selection of  
rows for pre-fetching to be performed via INDEXONLY processing where  
possible.  
The pre-fetch utility will cause this statement to be validated by DB2 for  
correct SQL syntax. Any invalid specification will cause an SQL error to be  
received by the utility, which will cause it to terminate with a condition code of  
12. In these circumstances, the SQL statement should be corrected and the  
job restarted.  
Print reports  
The pre-fetch utility will write a number of print reports to the SYSPRINT  
dataset during execution. These consist of:  
Parameter specification and validation report. This will contain a list  
of SYSIN parameters specified (or defaulted) for execution of the utility,  
and a validation error report if errors are detected in parameter  
specification. It will also specify the SQL pre-fetch selection statement  
coded in the SQLIN file.  
Execution report. Any errors or warning conditions encountered during  
execution of the utility will be identified in this report.  
Detail processing report. If PRINT=DETAIL has been specified (or  
allowed to default) in the execution parameter file, a detail print line will  
be written for each pre-fetch request passed to Archive Manager. This  
will contain the following information:  
o Request type (add to batch, or process batch)  
o Archive Manager database identifier  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
o Primary key and archive date of the object containing the row to be  
pre-fetched  
o Return and supplementary codes received from Archive Manager  
after processing the request  
o The concatenated key of the DB2 row to be pre-fetched  
Note that there may be multiple entries in this report for the same Archive  
Manager object, if multiple rows within that object have been selected for  
pre-fetch processing. Repeated requests for pre-fetching of the same  
object will be ignored by Archive Manager.  
Summary processing report. At end of processing, the utility will write  
the summary processing report. This will contain the following  
information:  
o Number of rows selected for pre-fetching  
o Number of DB2 error conditions received  
o Total number of pre-fetch requests issued  
o Number of pre-fetch requests accepted by Archive Manager  
o Number of rows which were already pre-fetched  
o Number of pre-fetch requests rejected by Archive Manager  
o Number of batches successfully processed  
o Number of batches processed with errors  
Condition codes  
The pre-fetch utility will set a condition code on completion. This code may  
take the following values:  
0 -  
4 -  
the utility has been executed successfully.  
a warning condition has been encountered during processing  
of the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 -  
an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 -  
a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Utility failure and restart considerations  
If the pre-fetch utility fails to complete successfully (return code greater than  
8), consult the error report in the SYSPRINT dataset to identify the cause of  
the problem. Refer to chapter 7 for a description of the message(s)  
appearing in the error report. Rows in all batches successfully processed  
prior to the point of failure will have been successfully pre-fetched to disk  
storage by Archive Manager.  
104  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
After correcting the error, the utility may be rerun normally. No special  
actions need to be taken prior to re-starting the failed pre-fetch job.  
Archive Manager housekeeping processing  
Pre-fetched objects will be retained on disk in the Archive Manager database  
for the period of time specified in the definition of the database. When that  
time period has expired, the disk copies of pre-fetched objects will be eligible  
for deletion by Archive Manager, at which point any retrieval access for rows  
contained in those objects will be satisfied from tape.  
Standard Archive Manager object management processing should be  
performed on a regular basis to delete the expired disk-copies of pre-fetched  
a description of Archive Manager database housekeeping processing  
requirements.  
OTDBP140 - the table analysis utility  
OTDBP140 is the DB2 Manager table analysis utility program. The program  
is executed as a batch job in order to produce a detailed and/or summary  
analysis of the rows in a DB2 table which has been enabled for row migration  
processing by DB2 Manager.  
A print report is issued by the utility giving details of the execution  
parameters, summary information about the rows in the DB2 table, and  
optionally a detailed report on the contents of the table.  
Functions  
The DB2 Manager table analysis utility performs the following functions:  
It will process and validate a series of execution parameters from a  
SYSIN file, and an SQLIN table identification parameter which will govern  
execution of the utility. The utility will then obtain information from DB2  
about the table to be analyzed.  
It will scan the DB2 table, and identify whether a row has been migrated  
to DB2 Manager or not. For each migrated row, it will optionally write an  
entry to the detailed processing report, identifying the row and its location  
in the associated Archive Manager database.  
At the end of processing, a summary processing report will be produced  
giving an analysis of table rows.  
JCL requirements  
The following JCL may be used to execute the utility:  
//*  
//STEP140 EXEC PGM=OTDBP140,REGION=4096K  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
//*  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//*  
//OTASxxxx DD DSN=Archive.Manager.index.dataset,DISP=SHR  
//SYSIN  
//SQLIN  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
DD DSN=Execution.parameter.file,DISP=SHR  
DD DSN=Table.identification.file,DISP=SHR  
DD entries should be specified as follows:  
STEPLIB:  
Enter the names of the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager  
product load libraries.  
OTASxxxx: Enter the name of the primary index dataset of the Archive  
Manager database used for storage of objects from the DB2  
table being analyzed by the utility. ‘xxxx’ should be set to the 4-  
character value used to identify the Archive Manager database  
SYSPRINT: This entry is used for all print reports created during utility  
execution.  
SYSIN:  
SQLIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 byte records, and is used for specification of the  
to specify parameter entries in this file.  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 bytes records, and is used for specification of  
entry in this file.  
SYSIN parameter specification  
Parameters used to control execution of the utility are specified in file SYSIN.  
This must be a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing one or  
more fixed-length 80-byte records, each record containing one or more  
separate parameter entries. Each parameter entry must be completely  
contained within one record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry  
from one record to another is not permitted. A single record may contain  
multiple parameter entries, each being separated by one or more spaces,  
and optionally a single comma (‘,’).  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. The first keyword parameter in a record may  
begin in any character position from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up  
106  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
to character position 71 of the record. Individual keyword parameters may not  
be continued over more than one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
The following parameters may be specified:  
DB2SSID=xxxx  
This mandatory parameter is used to specify the subsystem identifier of  
the DB2 subsystem to be used during execution of the utility. The  
subsystem identifier ‘xxxx’ can be 1-4 characters in length.  
PLAN=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter which is used to specify the DB2 plan name  
to be used during execution of the utility, where ‘xxxxxxxx’ is the 1-8  
character identifier of the plan. If omitted, a default value of OTDBL140 is  
information about DB2 Manager plan creation processing.  
PRINT=DETAIL|SUMMARY  
This is an optional parameter which is used to control the level of  
reporting performed by the utility. If a value of SUMMARY is specified for  
this parameter, the detailed processing report will be omitted. All other  
print reports will be produced as normal. If the default value of DETAIL is  
specified, all print reports (including the detailed processing report) will be  
produced.  
SQLIN entry specification  
The SQLIN file is a fixed-block sequential dataset with a logical record length  
of 80 bytes. It will contain one or more records containing a free-format SQL  
SELECT command which will identify the DB2 table to be processed and the  
key fields in the table. Character positions 1-71 will be used for this  
description. Contents of character positions 72-80 in each record will be  
ignored. A maximum of 15 records may be present in this file.  
The SQL SELECT command should have the general format:  
SELECT key1, key2, .. .., keyn FROM table_name  
where ‘key1’, ‘key2’, …., ‘keyn’ are the names of the columns which are used  
to establish a unique key for each row in the database, and ‘table_name’ is  
the name of the DB2 table which is to be processed by the utility (ie. the  
name of the table itself, not the view of the table created during product  
installation processing)  
(eg):  
SELECT ACCOUNT, SUBCODE FROM OTDBTEST.TAB1  
The table analysis utility will cause this statement to be validated by DB2 for  
correct SQL syntax. Any invalid specification will cause an SQL error to be  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
received by the utility, which will cause it to terminate with a condition code of  
12. In these circumstances, the SQL statement should be corrected and the  
job restarted.  
Print reports  
The table analysis utility will write a number of print reports to the SYSPRINT  
dataset during execution. These consist of:  
Parameter specification and validation report. This will contain a list  
of execution parameters specified (or defaulted) in file SYSIN, and a  
validation error report if errors are detected in parameter specification. It  
will also specify the table identification statement coded in the SQLIN file.  
Execution report. Any errors or warning conditions encountered during  
execution of the utility will be identified in this report.  
Summary processing report. At end of processing, the utility will write  
the summary processing report which will identify the total number of  
rows in the table, the number of un-migrated rows and the number of  
migrated rows.  
Detailed processing report. If PRINT=DETAIL is specified (or  
defaulted) in the execution parameters, the utility will create an entry in  
this report for each migrated row in the table. This entry will contain the  
following information for each migrated row:  
o Concatenated DB2 key of row  
o Id of Archive Manager database containing migrated row  
o Database storage level containing migrated row  
o Key of Archive Manager object containing migrated row  
o Archive date of Archive Manager object containing migrated row  
o Start record number within Archive Manager object  
o Record count  
o Sequence number of tape containing start of object  
o Sequence number of tape containing end of object  
o Block id containing start of object  
o An indicator (‘D’) which is set if a disk copy of the object exists in  
the Archive Manager database  
(C) StorageTek Corp.  
OTDBP140  
Lifecycle Director  
DB2 Manager V1.1  
Table Analysis Utility  
Processing report  
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS Page nnnn  
Table: OTDBSYST.TAB1A  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
DBid S Primary Archive  
L Key Date  
Rec  
No  
Rec  
Count Seq  
Start End  
Seq  
Tape  
Block id  
D DB2 Concatenated  
Key  
ST01 0 000000A3 2003/03/06 00053 00001 00002 00002 02400150 D AC00001201002  
ST01 0 000000A3 2003/03/06 00068 00001 00002 00002 02400150 D AC00002201002  
ST01 0 000000A3 2003/03/06 00071 00001 00002 00002 02400150 D AC00003211002  
ST01 0 000000A3 2003/03/06 00065 00001 00002 00002 02400150 D AC00006241002  
...........  
108  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Figure 5: Detailed table analysis report  
Condition codes  
The table analysis utility will set a condition code on completion. This code  
may take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. A warning message will have been written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset. The utility has been executed successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset. Execution of the utility has been terminated.  
Utility failure and restart considerations  
If the table analysis utility fails to complete successfully (return code greater  
than 8), consult the error report in the SYSPRINT dataset to identify the  
cause of the problem. Refer to chapter 7 for a description of the message(s)  
appearing in the error report.  
After correcting the error, the utility may be rerun normally. The utility will  
start analysis processing from the beginning of the table once again. No  
special actions need to be taken prior to re-starting the failed table analysis  
job.  
OTDBP170 - the database housekeeping utility  
OTDBP170 is the DB2 Manager database housekeeping utility program.  
The program is executed as a batch job in order to scan a DB2 table and  
identify Archive Manager objects which no longer contain any active migrated  
rows. These objects will be deleted from the Archive Manager database  
used for storage of objects migrated from the DB2 table being processed by  
the utility. Migrated rows are deleted from an Archive Manager object in  
response to SQL UPDATE or DELETE commands issued by an application  
program, or by selection for processing by the DB2 Manager row restore  
utility.  
The program will also “normalize” the storage of migrated rows in the DB2  
table, if required, by ensuring that the stubs for migrated rows are only stored  
in the archive partition of the tablespace used for storage of the table, and  
that non-migrated rows are stored in one of the non-archive partitions of the  
tablespace. Any inconsistencies with the storage of migrated and non-  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
migrated rows in the DB2 table will be resolved by the utility. This is required  
to ensure that re-organization of non-archive partitions can occur without  
reference to migrated rows in the Archive Manager database.  
The table to be processed is identified by the customer via an SQL  
command. Execution of the program is controlled via a series of parameters  
in file SYSIN.  
A print report is issued by the utility giving details of the execution  
parameters, and detailed and/or summary information about objects which  
have been deleted from Archive Manager. The detailed report will contain  
one entry for each object which has been deleted from the Archive Manager  
database. Each entry will contain the key of the Archive Manager object.  
Functions  
The DB2 Manager database housekeeping utility performs the following  
functions:  
It will process and validate a series of execution parameters from file  
SYSIN, and a table identification parameter from file SQLIN which will  
govern execution of the utility. The utility will then obtain information from  
DB2 about the table to be analyzed.  
It will sequentially scan the DB2 table identified in the SQLIN file, and for  
each migrated row will record information about the Archive Manager  
database object containing the migrated row. No access to the migrated  
rows themselves is required during the procedure.  
When all rows have been scanned, the utility will analyze the collected  
information to identify objects in the Archive Manager database which no  
longer contain any active migrated rows. It will issue a standard Archive  
Manager object deletion request for each such object. An entry may  
optionally be written to the detailed processing report for each deleted  
objects.  
At the end of processing, a report will be produced giving a summary  
analysis of the rows in the DB2 table and the objects deleted from the  
Archive Manager database.  
JCL requirements  
The following JCL may be used to execute the utility:  
//*  
//STEP170 EXEC PGM=OTDBP170,REGION=4096K  
//*  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//*  
//OTASxxxx DD DSN=Archive.Manager.index.dataset,DISP=SHR  
//SYSIN  
//SQLIN  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
DD DSN=Execution.parameter.file,DISP=SHR  
DD DSN=Table.identification.file,DISP=SHR  
110  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DD entries should be specified as follows:  
STEPLIB: Enter the names of the DB2 Manager and Archive Manager  
product load libraries.  
OTASxxxx: Enter the name of the primary index dataset of the Archive  
Manager database used for storage of objects from the DB2  
table being processed by the utility. ‘xxxx’ should be set to the  
4-character value used to identify the Archive Manager  
database in the DB2 Manager control region procedure (see  
SYSPRINT: This entry is used for all print reports created during utility  
execution.  
SYSIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 byte records, and is used for specification of the  
to specify parameter entries in this file.  
SQLIN:  
This is a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing  
fixed-length 80 bytes records, and is used for specification of  
entry in this file.  
SYSIN parameter specification  
Parameters used to control execution of the utility are specified in file SYSIN.  
This must be a sequential dataset or in-stream JCL file containing one or  
more fixed-length 80-byte records, each record containing one or more  
separate parameter entries. Each parameter entry must be completely  
contained within one record (ie) continuation of any single parameter entry  
from one record to another is not permitted. A single record may contain  
multiple parameter entries, each being separated by one or more spaces,  
and optionally a single comma (‘,’).  
A parameter entry has the general format:  
keyword = value  
Each keyword and its associated value are separated by an '=' sign, and  
optionally one or more spaces. The first keyword parameter in a record may  
begin in any character position from 1 onwards. Parameters may extend up  
to character position 71 of the record. Individual keyword parameters may not  
be continued over more than one record.  
An asterisk ('*') in character position 1 will indicate a comment record, which  
will be ignored for parameter validation processing.  
The following parameters may be specified:  
DB2SSID=xxxx  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
111  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
This mandatory parameter is used to specify the subsystem identifier of  
the DB2 subsystem to be used during execution of the utility. The  
subsystem identifier ‘xxxx’ can be 1-4 characters in length.  
PLAN=xxxxxxxx  
This is an optional parameter which is used to specify the DB2 plan name  
to be used during execution of the utility, where ‘xxxxxxxx’ is the 1-8  
character identifier of the plan. If omitted, a default value of OTDBL170 is  
information about DB2 Manager plan creation processing.  
PRINT=DETAIL|SUMMARY  
This is an optional parameter which is used to control the level of  
reporting performed by the utility. If a value of SUMMARY is specified for  
this parameter, the detailed processing report will be omitted. All other  
print reports will be produced as normal. If the default value of DETAIL is  
specified, all print reports (including the detailed processing report) will be  
produced.  
SQLIN entry specification  
The SQLIN file is a fixed-block sequential dataset with a logical record length  
of 80 bytes. It will contain one or more records containing a free-format SQL  
SELECT command which will identify the DB2 table to be processed and the  
key fields in the table. Character positions 1-71 will be used for this  
description. Contents of character positions 72-80 in each record will be  
ignored. A maximum of 15 records may be present in this file.  
The SQL SELECT command should have the general format:  
SELECT key1, key2, .. .., keyn FROM table_name  
where ‘key1’, ‘key2’, …., ‘keyn’ are the names of the columns which are used  
to establish a unique key for each row in the database, and ‘table_name’ is  
the name of the DB2 table which is to be processed by the utility (ie. the  
name of the table itself, not the view of the table created during product  
installation processing)  
(eg):  
SELECT ACCOUNT, SUBCODE FROM OTDBTEST.TAB1  
The database housekeeping utility will cause this statement to be validated  
by DB2 for correct SQL syntax. Any invalid specification will cause an SQL  
error to be received by the utility, which will cause it to terminate with a  
condition code of 12. In these circumstances, the SQL statement should be  
corrected and the job restarted.  
Print reports  
The database housekeeping utility will write a number of print reports to the  
SYSPRINT dataset during execution. These consist of:  
112  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Parameter specification and validation report. This will contain a list  
of execution parameters specified (or defaulted) in file SYSIN, and a  
validation error report if errors are detected in parameter specification. It  
will also specify the table identification statement coded in the SQLIN file.  
Execution report. Any errors or warning conditions encountered during  
execution of the utility will be identified in this report.  
Summary processing report. At end of processing, the utility will write  
the summary processing report which will identify the total number of  
rows in the table, the number of migrated rows, the number of rows  
normalized during processing (ie. wrongly located migrated rows which  
have been moved from a non-archive to the archive partition, and vice  
versa), and number of Archive Manager objects deleted.  
Detailed processing report. If PRINT=DETAIL is specified (or  
defaulted) in the execution parameters, the utility will create an entry in  
this report for each migrated row in the table. This entry will contain the  
following information for each migrated row:  
o Id of Archive Manager database containing deleted object  
o Archive Manager database storage level containing deleted object  
o Primary key of deleted object (4-byte hexadecimal value)  
o Archive date of deleted object  
o Archive Manager tape sequence number containing start of  
deleted object  
o Archive Manager tape sequence number containing end of  
deleted object  
o Identifier of tape block containing start of deleted object  
(C) StorageTek Corp.  
OTDBP170  
Lifecycle Director  
DB2 Manager V1.1  
Database Housekeeping Utility  
Processing report  
YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS Page nnnn  
TABLE: OTDBSYST.TAB1A  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
DBid S Primary Archive  
L Key Date  
Start End  
Seq Seq  
Tape  
Block  
ST02 0 0000005C 2003/02/05 00001 00001 01400005  
ST02 0 0000005D 2003/02/05 00001 00001 01400010  
ST02 0 00000061 2003/02/12 00001 00001 014001A2  
...........  
Figure 6: Detailed processing report  
Condition codes  
The database housekeeping utility will set a condition code on completion.  
This code may take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4 -  
a warning condition has been encountered during processing  
of the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 -  
an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 -  
a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Utility failure and restart considerations  
If the database housekeeping utility fails to complete successfully (return  
code greater than 8), consult the error report in the SYSPRINT dataset to  
identify the cause of the problem. Refer to chapter 7 for a description of the  
message(s) appearing in the error report.  
All deletes of Archive Manager objects completed up to the point of failure will  
be committed in the Archive Manager database. All DB2 updates performed  
for normalization of archive stub storage will be rolled back. DB2 updates are  
only committed on successful completion of the utility.  
After correcting the error, the utility may be rerun normally. The utility will  
start housekeeping processing from the beginning of the table once again.  
No special actions need to be taken prior to re-starting the failed database  
housekeeping job.  
Archive Manager database maintenance  
Following successful completion of the DB2 Manager database  
housekeeping utility, the Archive Manager database used for storage of  
migrated rows from the processed DB2 table will contain one or more deleted  
objects. In order to recover the index and tape and disk storage space  
occupied by deleted objects, the Archive Manager database maintenance  
procedure must be performed. Maintenance of an Archive Manager  
database is performed by executing the following Archive Manager utilities:  
OTASP040 – the object management utility. This will recover the  
index entries for deleted objects and update tape residency statistics  
to allow tape recycling to take place.  
OTASP030 – the database maintenance utility. This will recycle data  
from all tape volumes in one or more storage levels of an Archive  
Manager database whose level of active objects falls below a user-  
defined threshold.  
Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a full description of this utility  
and of its use in the Archive Manager database maintenance procedure.  
Note carefully that automatic expiration of Archive Manager objects via this  
114  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
utility should not be permitted, by letting the data retention period default to  
The database maintenance procedure should be performed at regular  
intervals for each Archive Manager database used for storage of migrated  
rows by DB2 Manager, in order to recover unused space from within the  
database which has been freed due to object deletion. The frequency at  
which the procedure needs to be performed will depend on the rate of object  
deletion, and the level of requirement for reclaiming tapes from the database  
in order to replenish scratch pools. The rate of object deletion, in turn, is  
governed by the frequency of deletion of migrated rows, either through  
explicit SQL DELETE request, SQL UPDATE requests, or restore of migrated  
rows from Archive Manager to DB2 via the row restore utility OTDBP120.  
Control of the tape recycling process for an Archive Manager database is via  
the ‘recycle threshold’ entry set during the database definition process (see  
executed for each DB2 table to be processed by DB2 Manager.  
The recycle threshold specifies a numeric value in the range 00-99, which  
represents a percentage of active objects for any volume in the database. A  
tape volume becomes eligible for recycling by the Archive Manager database  
maintenance utility if the level of active objects on that volume falls below this  
threshold. If this entry is omitted during the database definition process, a  
default value of ‘0’ is used; this indicates that no recycling is to be performed  
on this database.  
When a tape volume becomes eligible for recycling, the Archive Manager  
database maintenance utility will write all active objects contained within it to  
a new tape volume at the end of the database. The recycled volume will then  
be released from the database and may be returned to the appropriate  
scratch pool.  
If the ‘autouncat during recycle’ entry has been set during the database  
definition process, released volumes will be automatically uncataloged after  
being released from the database. This facility may be used in conjunction  
with an installed tape management system to automatically return  
uncataloged volumes to the correct scratch pool.  
The Archive Manager database maintenance utility processes a single  
Archive Manager database for each execution. Any tape volume being used  
by the database maintenance utility will be unavailable for allocation for row  
migration or migrated row access processing. It is recommended therefore  
that database maintenance for an Archive Manager database be scheduled  
for execution when there is no row recall or migration activity for the DB2  
table associated with that Archive Manager database. It is not necessary to  
terminate the DB2 Manager control region while Archive Manager database  
maintenance is being performed.  
An Archive Manager database’s recycle threshold may be altered at any time,  
via the supplied Archive Manager database administration dialogs. Note also  
that where multiple storage levels are in use for an Archive Manager  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
database, a different recycle threshold may be supplied for each storage  
level.  
As Archive Manager uses a discrete set of tape cartridge volumes and disk  
datasets for each database, it is possible to perform the Archive Manager  
database maintenance procedure on multiple DB2 Manager databases  
concurrently. Each procedure will require a minimum of two tape cartridge  
drives.  
Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a complete description of the  
Archive Manager object management and database maintenance utilities and  
Archive Manager database housekeeping procedures.  
116  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This page is intentionally left blank  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Messages and Codes  
7
DB2 Manager components communicate with the user through informational,  
warning and error messages. All DB2 Manager messages begin with the characters  
'OTD', followed by a 5-character numeric identifier. DB2 Manager messages may be  
displayed on the system log or in an DB2 Manager print report.  
DB2 Manager SQL interface processing (for storage, retrieval and deletion of  
migrated rows) sets return and reason codes, using an SQL –652 error code, and a  
two-byte reason code set in field SQLERRD(6) of the SQL Communication Area  
(SQLCA).  
This chapter documents all messages, categorized by DB2 Manager component,  
and all SQL reason codes issued by DB2 Manager.  
OTD100xx – table migration utility messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager table migration utility will be written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset or the system log.  
OTD10000 Row Migration Utility ended with completion code xx  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager row migration utility has terminated. ‘xx’ gives the  
job completion code. This can take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
118  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
OTD10001  
OPEN failed for xxxxxxxx dataset  
Explanation: An attempt to open a non-VSAM dataset has failed. ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identifies the filename assigned by the program to the dataset.  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for further information on  
the cause of the open failure. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-run the utility.  
OTD10002  
The operand for keyword xxxxxxxx in exec parameters is too long  
Explanation: The operand specified for the SYSIN parameter keyword ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identified in the message is longer than the maximum value permitted.  
The character string ‘xxxxxxxx’ can take one of the following values:  
RESTART, DB2SSID, PLAN, COMMIT, S100PRI, S100SEC,  
NEWTAPE, LCDDBID. Execution of the utility will terminate with  
condition code 12.  
row migration utility. Correct the parameter error and re-submit the  
job.  
OTD10003  
Mandatory exec parameters have not been specified  
Explanation: One or more mandatory parameters have not been specified in the  
SYSIN parameters used to control utility execution. Execution of the  
utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
migration utility. Identify the missing mandatory parameter and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD10004  
Invalid or duplicate exec | SQLIN parameter. Please refer to the User  
Manual for valid specifications  
Explanation: A SYSIN execution parameter or SQLIN parameter entry is invalid or  
has been specified more than once. Execution of the utility is  
terminated with condition code 12.  
entries. Correct the error and re-submit the job.  
OTD10005  
Load failed for program DSNALI | DSNHLI2.  
Explanation: An attempt to dynamically load the identified program has failed.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This message indicates that DB2 run-time modules were unavailable  
at time of execution. Ensure that the DB2 run-time load library is  
available to the executing job, and re-submit the job.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD10006  
DB2 CAF error occurred during CONNECT |OPEN |CLOSE |  
DISCONNECT processing. Return Code = xxx, Reason Code =  
X'yyyyyyyy’  
Explanation: A DB2 Call Attachment Facility error has occurred attempting to  
perform the type of processing identified in the message. ‘xxx’ gives  
the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal reason code returned  
by the Call Attachment Facility. Execution of the utility is terminated  
with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Application Programming and SQL Guide for a  
description of CAF error and reason codes. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the utility.  
OTD10007  
The LCDDBID specified in the exec parameters is not consistent  
with the DB2 table name specified in the SQLIN statements  
Explanation: The Archive Manager database identifier specified in the SYSIN  
execution parameters does not match that used previously for  
migration of rows from the DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the correct values have been specified for the LCDDBID  
parameter in the SYSIN parameters, and the table name specified in  
the SQLIN file. Correct the invalid entry and re-submit the job.  
If no error can be found in the parameter specifications, check the row  
entry in the LCDDB2.REGISTRY table for the table specified in the  
SYSIN parameters. The LCDDBID column in this row contains the  
Archive Manager database identifier associated with this table. The  
DB2 Manager row migration utility may only be executed if this  
combination of DB2 table and Archive Manager database identifier is  
specified in the parameters used to execute the utility. Ensure that  
the parameters supplied to the utility are consistent with the entry in  
the LCDDB2.REGISTRY table.  
OTD10008  
DB2 Table contains Large Objects (LOBs) or 'distinct types'  
Explanation: The DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file cannot be processed,  
because it contains large objects (LOBs) or ‘distinct types’. Tables  
containing these entities are not eligible for migration using DB2  
Manager. Execution of the utility is terminated with a condition code  
12.  
Action: Check that the correct DB2 table name has been specified in the  
SQLIN file. If not, correct the entry and re-submit the job.  
OTD10009  
Key xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx was not found in DB2 table  
120  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: The column name identified in the message has been specified as a  
key field in the SQLIN file, but the column does not exist in the DB2  
table. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the names of the columns which uniquely index each row  
in the table have been specified correctly in the SQLIN file, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD10010  
SQL Error during execution of xxxxxxxx command SQLCODE = xxxx  
Explanation: An error has been received executing the SQL command identified in  
the message. Processing of the utility is terminated with a condition  
code 12. All DB2 and Archive Manager updates performed by the  
utility will be rolled-back to the last commit point. The following SQL  
commands may appear in this message: DESCRIBE, PREPARE,  
DECLARE, SET, EXECUTE, OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE, COMMIT. The  
message will be followed by a line containing parameters from the  
appropriate SQL error message.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Messages and Codes manual for a description of  
the SQL error code displayed in the message. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the job, with SYSIN parameter  
“RESTART=YES” specified.  
OTD10011  
Return code X'xx’ retrieving Name/Token pair  
Explanation: An error has occurred retrieving an OS/390 name/token pair. ‘xx’  
gives the hexadecimal reason code received from the retrieve  
request. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the IEANTRT callable service for a  
description of the error code. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-submit the job. If no obvious cause for the error can be  
identified, contact your local STK support representative.  
OTD10012  
Error locating ODCT  
Explanation: The utility has been unable to locate the DB2 Manager control region  
communications table (ODCT) in ECSA storage. Execution of the  
utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: To resolve this error, terminate and re-start the DB2 Manager control  
region, then re-submit the job. If the error persists, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD10013  
Return code ‘xx’ received during execution of TCBTOKEN |  
LOCASCB | ENQ macro.  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to execute the system macro  
identified in the message. ‘xx’ is the return code received from the  
macro call. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code  
12.  
Action: Consult IBM system macro documentation for a description of the  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If  
no obvious cause for the error can be determined, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
OTD10014  
Error X'xxxx’ Info X'yyyy’ dynamically allocating DDname OTDBS100  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to dynamically allocate  
temporary file OTDBS100. ‘xxxx’ and ‘yyyy’ give the hexadecimal  
error and information codes returned from the dynamic allocation  
request. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on dynamic allocation (SVC99)  
processing for a description of the error and information codes  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action and  
re-submit the job. If no obvious cause for the error can be  
determined, contact your local STK support representative.  
OTD10015  
The control region is not active  
Explanation: An attempt has been made to run the row migration utility while the  
DB2 Manager is not started. Execution of the utility cannot continue.  
Action: Ensure that the DB2 Manager control region is started before  
attempting to run the utility.  
OTD10016  
Normal run requested but restart run required  
Explanation: RESTART=NO has been specified or defaulted in the SYSIN  
execution parameters specified for the jobstep, but the previous  
attempt to migrate rows to the Archive Manager database specified in  
the LCDDBID execution parameter failed. Execution of the utility is  
terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the LCDDBID execution parameter has been specified  
correctly. If it has, RESTART=YES must be specified in the SYSIN  
parameters. Correct the SYSIN parameters as required, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD10017  
Unable to obtain ODRE request element  
122  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: The utility has been unable to obtain an DB2 Manager control region  
request element from ECSA storage, in order to pass a request to the  
control region. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition  
code 12.  
Action: This can occur if more than 1024 concurrent migrated row storage  
and retrieval requests are active in the system. If this is the case, re-  
schedule the row migration job to avoid reaching this limit. If this is  
not the case, try stopping and re-starting the DB2 Manager control  
region, and re-submitting the job. If the problem still persists, contact  
your local STK support representative.  
OTD10018  
Timeout error occurred when acquiring the scheduler lock  
Explanation: The utility has been unable to obtain exclusive access to the control  
region scheduler lock within a time interval of 1 minute. Execution of  
the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This condition may occur if the DB2 Manager control region is  
exceptionally busy. If this is the case, re-schedule the row migration  
job at a less busy time. If this is not the case, examine the control  
region job log for exceptional messages which may give more  
information about the abnormal condition. Contact your local STK  
support representative if the problem cannot be resolved.  
OTD10019  
Timeout error occurred while waiting on response from the control  
region.  
Explanation: The utility has passed a request to the control region, but a response  
was not received within the timeout limit specified in the  
READTIMEOUT parameter in the ENVCNTL parameter library  
member. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Examine the job log for the DB2 Manager control region to determine  
if any abnormal condition has occurred which prevented the control  
region from responding to the request. If no obvious reason for the  
timeout can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
OTD10020  
Return code xx, supp codes X'yyyyyyyy’ received during database  
OPEN | COMMIT | CLOSE processing.  
Explanation: An error has been received from an Archive Manager open, commit or  
close request. ‘xx’ gives the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the  
hexadecimal supplementary reason codes received from Archive  
Manager. Execution of the utility has been terminated with condition  
code 12.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If no obvious  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
reason for the error can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
OTD10021  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: An attempt by the utility to allocated virtual storage has failed  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Increase the region size specified for execution of the utility and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD10022  
Table migration utility terminating in response to operator request  
Explanation: This message is displayed on the system console to acknowledge  
receipt of an operator STOP command by the utility. Execution of the  
utility will terminate with condition code 4.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD10023  
Execution terminated in response to operator request  
Explanation: This message is displayed at jobstep completion when execution of  
the utility has been terminated via an operator STOP command.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD10024  
Non-index fields specified in SELECT statement in SQLIN file  
Explanation: One or more of the columns specified for retrieval in the SELECT  
statement in the SQLIN file do not appear in the unique table index.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: The columns specified in the SELECT statement must uniquely index  
specification). Correct the SQLIN entry and re-submit the job.  
124  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD120xx – row restore utility messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager row restore utility will be written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset.  
OTD12000 Row Restore Utility ended with completion code xx  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager row restore utility has terminated. ‘xx’ gives the job  
completion code. This can take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD12001  
OPEN failed for xxxxxxxx dataset  
Explanation: An attempt to open a non-VSAM dataset has failed. ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identifies the filename assigned by the program to the dataset.  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for further information on  
the cause of the open failure. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-run the utility.  
OTD12002  
The operand for keyword xxxxxxxx in exec parameters is too long  
Explanation: The operand specified for the SYSIN parameter keyword ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identified in the message is longer than the maximum value permitted.  
The character string ‘xxxxxxxx’ can take one of the following values:  
INDEXONLY, DB2SSID, PLAN, COMMIT, S120PRI, S120SEC,  
S120UNIT. Execution of the utility will terminate with condition code  
12.  
row restore utility. Correct the parameter error and re-submit the job.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD12003  
Key xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx was not found in DB2 table  
Explanation: The column name identified in the message has been specified as a  
key field in the SQLIN file, but the column does not exist in the DB2  
table. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the names of the columns which uniquely index each row  
in the table have been specified correctly in the SQLIN file, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD12004  
Mandatory exec parameters have not been specified  
Explanation: One or more mandatory parameters have not been specified in the  
SYSIN execution parameters. Execution of the utility will be  
terminated with condition code 12.  
for the row restore utility. Identify the missing mandatory parameter  
and re-submit the job.  
OTD12005  
Invalid or duplicate exec | SQLIN parameter. Please refer to the User  
Manual for valid specifications  
Explanation: A SYSIN parameter, or SQLIN parameter entry is invalid or has been  
specified more than once. Execution of the utility is terminated with  
condition code 12.  
parameter entries. Correct the error and re-submit the job.  
OTD12006  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: An attempt by the utility to allocated virtual storage has failed  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Increase the region size specified for execution of the utility and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD12007  
Load failed for program DSNALI | DSNHLI2  
Explanation: An attempt to dynamically load the identified program has failed.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This message indicates that DB2 run-time modules were unavailable  
at time of execution. Ensure that the DB2 run-time load library is  
available to the executing job, and re-submit the job.  
OTD12008  
Return code ‘xx’ received during execution of TCBTOKEN | ENQ  
macro  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to execute the system macro  
identified in the message. ‘xx’ is the return code received from the  
126  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
macro call. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code  
12.  
Action: Consult IBM system macro documentation for a description of the  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If  
no obvious cause for the error can be determined, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
OTD12009  
DB2 CAF error occurred during CONNECT | OPEN | CLOSE |  
DISCONNECT processing. Return Code = xxx, Reason Code =  
X'yyyyyyyy’  
Explanation: A DB2 Call Attachment Facility error has occurred attempting to  
perform the type of processing identified in the message. ‘xxx’ gives  
the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal reason code returned  
by the Call Attachment Facility. Execution of the utility is terminated  
with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Application Programming and SQL Guide for a  
description of CAF error and reason codes. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the utility.  
OTD12010  
SQL Error during execution of xxxxxxxx command SQLCODE = xxxx  
Explanation: An error has been received executing the SQL command identified in  
the message. Processing of the utility is terminated with a condition  
code 12. All DB2 and Archive Manager updates performed by the  
utility will be rolled-back to the last commit point. The following SQL  
commands may appear in this message: DESCRIBE, PREPARE,  
DECLARE, SET, EXECUTE, OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE, COMMIT. The  
message will be followed by a line containing parameters from the  
appropriate SQL error message.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Messages and Codes manual for a description of  
the SQL error code displayed in the message. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the job. No other special actions are  
required.  
OTD12011  
DB2 Table contains Large Objects (LOBs) or 'distinct types’  
Explanation: The DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file cannot be processed,  
because it contains large objects (LOBs) or ‘distinct types’. Tables  
containing these entities are not eligible for migration using DB2  
Manager. Execution of the utility is terminated with a condition code  
12.  
Action: Check that the correct DB2 table name has been specified in the  
SQLIN file. If not, correct the entry and re-submit the job.  
OTD12013  
Retrieval using the specified KEY fields cannot be made via  
INDEXONLY processing  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: Identification of objects to be restored from Archive Manager to DB2  
cannot be performed via index-only processing, and a SQLIN  
parameter of INDEXONLY=Y has been specified (or defaulted).  
Execution of the utility cannot continue, and is terminated with a  
condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to a description of the INDEXONLY execution parameter on  
processing by the row restore utility. If necessary, change the setting  
of the INDEXONLY parameter and re-submit the job.  
OTD12014  
Error X'xxxx’ Info X'yyyy’ dynamically allocating file SORTIN |  
SORTOUT  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to dynamically allocate the  
temporary SORTIN or SORTOUT file used by the utility for internal  
sort requirements. ‘xxxx’ and ‘yyyy’ give the hexadecimal error and  
information codes returned from the dynamic allocation request.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on dynamic allocation (SVC99)  
processing for a description of the error and information codes  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action and  
re-submit the job. If no obvious cause for the error can be  
determined, contact your local STK support representative.  
OTD12016  
Return Code xx, Supp codes X'yyyyyyyy' received during OPEN |  
QUERY | CLOSE processing for Archive Manager database zzzz  
Explanation: An error has been received from an Archive Manager open, query or  
close request. ‘xx’ gives the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the  
hexadecimal supplementary reason codes received from Archive  
Manager. Execution of the utility has been terminated with condition  
code 12.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If no obvious  
reason for the error can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
OTD12017  
Condition Code xx returned from internal sort - examine SYSOUT  
dataset for further information  
Explanation: A non-zero condition code of ‘xx’ has been returned from an internal  
sort request issued by the utility. Processing of the utility is  
terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to documentation for the sort product in use on the system on  
which the job was executing, for a description of the condition code  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action  
128  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
and re-submit the job. If no obvious reason for the error can be  
identified, contact your local STK support representative.  
OTD130xx – pre-fetch utility messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager pre-fetch utility will be written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset.  
OTD13000 Batch Pre-fetch Utility ended with completion code xx  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager pre-fetch utility has terminated. ‘xx’ gives the job  
completion code. This can take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD13001  
OPEN failed for xxxxxxxx dataset  
Explanation: An attempt to open a non-VSAM dataset has failed. ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identifies the filename assigned by the program to the dataset.  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for further information on  
the cause of the open failure. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-run the utility.  
OTD13002  
The operand for keyword xxxxxxxx in exec parameters is too long  
Explanation: The operand specified for the SYSIN parameter keyword ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identified in the message is longer than the maximum value permitted.  
The character string ‘xxxxxxxx’ can take one of the following values:  
INDEXONLY, DB2SSID, PLAN, BATCH, PRINT. Execution of the  
utility will terminate with condition code 12.  
the row restore utility. Correct the parameter error and re-submit the  
job.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD13003  
Key xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx was not found in DB2 table  
Explanation: The column name identified in the message has been specified as a  
key field in the SQLIN file, but the column does not exist in the DB2  
table. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the names of the columns which uniquely index each row  
in the table have been specified correctly in the SQLIN file, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD13004  
Mandatory exec parameters have not been specified  
Explanation: One or more mandatory parameters have not been specified in the  
SYSIN execution parameters. Execution of the utility will be  
terminated with condition code 12.  
parameters for the row restore utility. Identify the missing mandatory  
parameter and re-submit the job.  
OTD13005  
Invalid or duplicate exec | SQLIN parameter. Please refer to the User  
Manual for valid specifications  
Explanation: A SYSIN parameter, or SQLIN parameter entry is invalid or has been  
specified more than once. Execution of the utility is terminated with  
condition code 12.  
SQLIN parameter entries. Correct the error and re-submit the job.  
OTD13006  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: An attempt by the utility to allocated virtual storage has failed  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Increase the region size specified for execution of the utility and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD13007  
Load failed for program DSNALI | DSNHLI2  
Explanation: An attempt to dynamically load the identified program has failed.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This message indicates that DB2 run-time modules were unavailable  
at time of execution. Ensure that the DB2 run-time load library is  
available to the executing job, and re-submit the job.  
OTD13008  
Return code ‘xx’ received during execution of TCBTOKEN | ENQ  
macro  
130  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to execute the system macro  
identified in the message. ‘xx’ is the return code received from the  
macro call. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code  
12.  
Action: Consult IBM system macro documentation for a description of the  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If  
no obvious cause for the error can be determined, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
OTD13009  
DB2 CAF error occurred during CONNECT | OPEN | CLOSE |  
DISCONNECT processing. Return Code = xxx, Reason Code =  
X'yyyyyyyy’  
Explanation: A DB2 Call Attachment Facility error has occurred attempting to  
perform the type of processing identified in the message. ‘xxx’ gives  
the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal reason code returned  
by the Call Attachment Facility. Execution of the utility is terminated  
with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Application Programming and SQL Guide for a  
description of CAF error and reason codes. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the utility.  
OTD13010  
SQL Error during execution of xxxxxxxx command SQLCODE = xxxx  
Explanation: An error has been received executing the SQL command identified in  
the message. Processing of the utility is terminated with a condition  
code 12. The following SQL commands may appear in this message:  
DESCRIBE, PREPARE, DECLARE, SET, EXECUTE, OPEN, FETCH,  
CLOSE, COMMIT. The message will be followed by a line containing  
parameters from the appropriate SQL error message.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Messages and Codes manual for a description of  
the SQL error code displayed in the message. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the job. No other special actions are  
required.  
OTD13011  
DB2 Table contains Large Objects (LOBs) or 'distinct types’  
Explanation: The DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file cannot be processed,  
because it contains large objects (LOBs) or ‘distinct types’. Tables  
containing these entities are not eligible for migration using DB2  
Manager. Execution of the utility is terminated with a condition code  
12.  
Action: Check that the correct DB2 table name has been specified in the  
SQLIN file. If not, correct the entry and re-submit the job.  
OTD13013  
Retrieval using the specified KEY fields cannot be made via  
INDEXONLY processing  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: Identification of objects to be pre-fetch by Archive Manager cannot be  
performed via index-only processing, and a SQLIN parameter of  
INDEXONLY=Y has been specified (or defaulted). Execution of the  
utility cannot continue, and is terminated with a condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to a description of the INDEXONLY execution parameter on  
processing by the row restore utility. If necessary, change the setting  
of the INDEXONLY parameter and re-submit the job.  
OTD13015  
Archive Manager is not at the correct level  
Explanation: Archive Manager v2.6 or higher must be installed in order to be able  
to perform pre-fetch processing using the DB2 Manager pre-fetch  
utility. The version of Archive Manager used during execution of the  
utility is not at the correct level.  
Action: Ensure that the correct Archive Manager load library has been  
specified in the STEPLIB, JOBLIB or linklist library concatenations,  
and rerun the job.  
OTD13016  
Return Code xx, Supp codes X'yyyyyyyy' received during OPEN |  
CLOSE processing for Archive Manager database zzzz  
Explanation: An error has been received from an Archive Manager open or close  
request. ‘xx’ gives the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal  
supplementary reason codes received from Archive Manager.  
Execution of the utility has been terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If no obvious  
reason for the error can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
OTD140xx – table analysis utility messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager table analysis utility will be written to the SYSPRINT  
dataset.  
OTD14000 Table Analysis Utility ended with completion code xx  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager table analysis utility has terminated. ‘xx’ gives the  
job completion code. This can take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
132  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD14001  
OPEN failed for SYSIN|SQLIN dataset  
Explanation: An attempt to open the SYSIN or SQLIN file has failed. Execution of  
the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for further information on  
the cause of the open failure. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-run the utility.  
OTD14002  
The operand for keyword XXXXXXXX in exec parameters is too long  
Explanation: The operand specified for the SYSIN parameter keyword ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identified in the message is longer than the maximum value permitted.  
The character string ‘xxxxxxxx’ can take one of the following values:  
PRINT, DB2SSID, PLAN. Execution of the utility will terminate with  
condition code 12.  
the table analysis utility. Correct the parameter error and re-submit  
the job.  
OTD14003  
Key xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx was not found in DB2 table  
Explanation: The column name identified in the message has been specified as a  
key field in the SQLIN file, but the column does not exist in the DB2  
table. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the names of the columns which uniquely index each row  
in the table have been specified correctly in the SQLIN file, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD14004  
Mandatory exec parameters have not been specified  
Explanation: One or more mandatory parameters have not been specified in the  
SYSIN parameter file. Execution of the utility will be terminated with  
condition code 12.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
parameter formats for the table analysis utility. Correct the parameter  
error and re-submit the job.  
OTD14005  
Invalid or duplicate exec | SQLIN parameter. Please refer to the DB2  
Manager User Manual for valid specifications  
Explanation: A SYSIN parameter, or SQLIN parameter entry is invalid or has been  
specified more than once. Execution of the utility is terminated with  
condition code 12.  
SQLIN parameter entries. Correct the error and re-submit the job.  
OTD14006  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: An attempt by the utility to allocated virtual storage has failed  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Increase the region size specified for execution of the utility and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD14007  
Load failed for program DSNALI | DSNHLI2  
Explanation: An attempt to dynamically load the identified program has failed.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This message indicates that DB2 run-time modules were unavailable  
at time of execution. Ensure that the DB2 run-time load library is  
available to the executing job, and re-submit the job.  
134  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD14008  
Return code ‘xx’ received during execution of TCBTOKEN | ENQ  
macro  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to execute the system macro  
identified in the message. ‘xx’ is the return code received from the  
macro call. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code  
12.  
Action: Consult IBM system macro documentation for a description of the  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If  
no obvious cause for the error can be determined, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
OTD14009  
DB2 CAF error occurred during CONNECT | OPEN | CLOSE |  
DISCONNECT processing. Return Code = xxx, Reason Code =  
X'yyyyyyyy’  
Explanation: A DB2 Call Attachment Facility error has occurred attempting to  
perform the type of processing identified in the message. ‘xxx’ gives  
the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal reason code returned  
by the Call Attachment Facility. Execution of the utility is terminated  
with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Application Programming and SQL Guide for a  
description of CAF error and reason codes. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the utility.  
OTD14010  
SQL Error during execution of xxxxxxxx command SQLCODE = xxxx  
Explanation: An error has been received executing the SQL command identified in  
the message. Processing of the utility is terminated with a condition  
code 12. All DB2 and Archive Manager updates performed by the  
utility will be rolled-back to the last commit point. The following SQL  
commands may appear in this message: DESCRIBE, PREPARE,  
DECLARE, SET, EXECUTE, OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE, COMMIT.  
The message will be followed by a line containing parameters from  
the appropriate SQL error message.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Messages and Codes manual for a description of  
the SQL error code displayed in the message. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the job. No other special actions are  
required.  
OTD14011  
DB2 Table contains Large Objects (LOBs) or 'distinct types’  
Explanation: The DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file cannot be processed,  
because it contains large objects (LOBs) or ‘distinct types’. Tables  
containing these entities are not eligible for migration using DB2  
Manager. Execution of the utility is terminated with a condition code  
12.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action: Check that the correct DB2 table name has been specified in the  
SQLIN file. If not, correct the entry and re-submit the job.  
OTD14012  
All columns in the DB2 table have been specified as KEY fields  
Explanation: There are no non-indexed columns in the table being analyzed. The  
utility requires that there be at least one non-index column in the  
table. Processing of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the correct table name has been specified in the SQLIN  
statement. If it has, and the table contains no non-index columns,  
then the utility cannot be executed against this table.  
OTD14013  
Retrieval using the specified KEY fields cannot be made via  
INDEXONLY processing  
Explanation: Scanning of the table using the key fields specified in the SELECT  
statement in the SQLIN file cannot be performed via index-only  
processing. Execution of the utility cannot continue, and is  
terminated with a condition code 12.  
Action: Modify the SELECT statement in the SQLIN file to ensure that the  
specified columns are those used to uniquely index a row in the table,  
and re-submit the job.  
OTD14014  
Return Code xx, Supp codes X'yyyyyyyy' received during OPEN |  
QUERY | CLOSE processing for Archive Manager database zzzz  
Explanation: An error has been received from an Archive Manager open, query or  
close request. ‘xx’ gives the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the  
hexadecimal supplementary reason codes received from Archive  
Manager. Execution of the utility has been terminated with condition  
code 12.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If no obvious  
reason for the error can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
136  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD170xx – database housekeeping utility  
messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager database housekeeping utility will be written to the  
SYSPRINT.  
OTD17000  
Database Housekeeping Utility ended with completion code xx  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager database housekeeping utility has terminated. ‘xx’  
gives the job completion code. This can take the following values:  
0 - the utility has been executed successfully.  
4 - a warning condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. A warning message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. The utility has been executed  
successfully.  
8 - an error condition has been encountered during processing of  
the utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has continued.  
12 - a serious error has been encountered during processing of the  
utility. An error message will have been written to the  
SYSPRINT dataset. Execution of the utility has been  
terminated.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD17001  
OPEN failed for SYSIN|SQLIN dataset  
Explanation: An attempt to open the SYSIN or SQLIN file has failed. Execution of  
the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for further information on  
the cause of the open failure. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-run the utility.  
OTD17002  
The operand for keyword xxxxxxxx in exec parameters is too long  
Explanation: The operand specified for the SYSIN parameter keyword ‘xxxxxxxx’  
identified in the message is longer than the maximum value permitted.  
The character string ‘xxxxxxxx’ can take one of the following values:  
PRINT, DB2SSID, PLAN. Execution of the utility will terminate with  
condition code 12.  
parameter formats for the database housekeeping utility. Correct the  
parameter error and re-submit the job.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD17003  
Key xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx was not found in DB2 table  
Explanation: The column name identified in the message has been specified as a  
key field in the SQLIN file, but the column does not exist in the DB2  
table. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Check that the names of the columns which uniquely index each row  
in the table have been specified correctly in the SQLIN file, and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD17004  
Mandatory exec parameters have not been specified  
Explanation: One or more mandatory parameters have not been specified in the  
SYSIN parameter file. Execution of the utility will be terminated with  
condition code 12.  
parameter formats for the database housekeeping utility. Correct the  
parameter error and re-submit the job.  
OTD17005  
Invalid or duplicate exec | SQLIN parameter. Please refer to the DB2  
Manager User Manual for valid specifications  
Explanation: A SYSIN parameter, or SQLIN parameter entry is invalid or has been  
specified more than once. Execution of the utility is terminated with  
condition code 12.  
SQLIN parameter entries. Correct the error and re-submit the job.  
OTD17006  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: An attempt by the utility to allocated virtual storage has failed  
Execution of the utility will be terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: Increase the region size specified for execution of the utility and re-  
submit the job.  
OTD17007  
Load failed for program DSNALI | DSNHLI2  
Explanation: An attempt to dynamically load the identified program has failed.  
Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code 12.  
Action: This message indicates that DB2 run-time modules were unavailable  
at time of execution. Ensure that the DB2 run-time load library is  
available to the executing job, and re-submit the job.  
OTD17008  
Return code ‘xx’ received during execution of TCBTOKEN | ENQ  
macro  
138  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to execute the system macro  
identified in the message. ‘xx’ is the return code received from the  
macro call. Execution of the utility is terminated with condition code  
12.  
Action: Consult IBM system macro documentation for a description of the  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If  
no obvious cause for the error can be determined, contact your local  
STK support representative.  
OTD17009  
DB2 CAF error occurred during CONNECT | OPEN | CLOSE |  
DISCONNECT processing. Return Code = xxx, Reason Code =  
X'yyyyyyyy’  
Explanation: A DB2 Call Attachment Facility error has occurred attempting to  
perform the type of processing identified in the message. ‘xxx’ gives  
the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the hexadecimal reason code returned  
by the Call Attachment Facility. Execution of the utility is terminated  
with condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Application Programming and SQL Guide for a  
description of CAF error and reason codes. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the utility.  
OTD17010  
SQL Error during execution of xxxxxxxx command SQLCODE = xxxx  
Explanation: An error has been received executing the SQL command identified in  
the message. Processing of the utility is terminated with a condition  
code 12. All DB2 and Archive Manager updates performed by the  
utility will be rolled-back to the last commit point. The following SQL  
commands may appear in this message: DESCRIBE, PREPARE,  
DECLARE, SET, EXECUTE, OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE. The message  
will be followed by a line containing parameters from the appropriate  
SQL error message.  
Action: Refer to the DB2 Messages and Codes manual for a description of  
the SQL error code displayed in the message. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the job. No other special actions are  
required.  
OTD17011  
DB2 Table contains Large Objects (LOBs) or 'distinct types’  
Explanation: The DB2 table specified in the SQLIN file cannot be processed,  
because it contains large objects (LOBs) or ‘distinct types’. Tables  
containing these entities are not eligible for migration using DB2  
Manager. Execution of the utility is terminated with a condition code  
12.  
Action: Check that the correct DB2 table name has been specified in the  
SQLIN file. If not, correct the entry and re-submit the job.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD17013  
Retrieval using the specified KEY fields cannot be made via  
INDEXONLY processing  
Explanation: Scanning of the table using the key fields specified in the SELECT  
statement in the SQLIN file cannot be performed via index-only  
processing. Execution of the utility cannot continue, and is  
terminated with a condition code 12.  
Action: Modify the SELECT statement in the SQLIN file to ensure that the  
specified columns are those used to uniquely index a row in the table,  
and re-submit the job.  
OTD17014  
Return Code xx, Supp codes X'yyyyyyyy' received during OPEN |  
QUERY | DELETE | CLOSE processing for Archive Manager  
database zzzz  
Explanation: An error has been received from an Archive Manager open, query,  
delete or close request. ‘xx’ gives the return code and ‘yyyyyyyy’ the  
hexadecimal supplementary reason codes received from Archive  
Manager. Execution of the utility has been terminated with condition  
code 12.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the job. If no obvious  
reason for the error can be identified, contact your local STK support  
representative.  
OTD200xx – control region master processor  
messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager control region master processor are written to the  
system log.  
OTD20000 Enter request:  
Explanation: This is the operator reply message displayed by the control region  
after successful initialization.  
Action: All DB2 Manager operator commands are entered as responses to  
this message. After processing a command, the control region will  
redisplay this message.  
OTD20001  
Error opening parameter file SYSPARM  
Explanation: An error has occurred opening the DB2 Manager parameter library  
during initialization processing. Initialization is terminated.  
140  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action: Examine other system messages for more information on the open  
error. Take the appropriate corrective action and restart the control  
region.  
OTD20002  
Error X'xxxx' locating member ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL on SYSPARM  
Explanation: Hexadecimal error code 'xxxx' has been received attempting to locate  
the ENVCNTL or TAPECNTL member on the DB2 Manager  
parameter library. Control region initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation of the LOCATE macro for a description of  
the error code. Take the appropriate corrective action and restart the  
control region.  
OTD20003  
ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL member not found in parameter file  
Explanation: The member identified in the message was not present on the DB2  
Manager parameter library during control region initialization.  
Processing is aborted.  
Action: Add the missing member to the Archive Manager/OAM parameter  
library. Refer to chapter 3 for a description of parameter library setup.  
OTD20004  
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx  
Explanation: This message is used to display a record from an DB2 Manager  
parameter library member which contains an invalid parameter, and a  
message explaining the nature of the error.  
Two OTD20004 messages are used to display the record - the first  
message displays characters 1-40 of the record, and the second  
message displays characters 41-80.  
OTD20005  
ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL parameters being processed  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager parameter library member identified in the  
message is about to be processed during control region initialization.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20006  
ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL parameter validation errors  
Explanation: Errors were detected during validation of parameters in the ENVCNTL  
or TAPECNTL member of the Archive Manager/OAM parameter  
library during control region initialization processing. The control  
region has been terminated.  
Action: Refer to the prior OTD20004 messages for details of the individual  
parameter validation errors. Correct the invalid parameters and  
restart the control region.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20007  
ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL parameters successfully processed  
Explanation: Validation of parameters in the ENVCNTL or TAPECNTL member of  
the DB2 Manager parameter library has completed successfully.  
Control region initialization processing continues.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20008  
ODCT GETMAIN failure x'xxxx'  
Explanation: A request for virtual storage in subpool 241 of the MVS ECSA has  
been denied by the operating system with return code 'xx'.  
Initialization of the control region is aborted.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the GETMAIN macro for an  
explanation of the return code. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and restart the control region.  
OTD20009  
Communications table initialized  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager communications table has been successfully  
initialized during control region initialization. Processing continues.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20010  
Error X'xx' during initialization of task tnnn  
Explanation: Error code 'xx' was returned by a sub-task during Archive  
Manager/OAM initialization processing. Control region initialization  
has been aborted. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader;  
‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer)  
and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number.  
Action: Consult other messages displayed during control region initialization  
for a description of the sub-task error. Take the action specified for  
the error message, and restart the control region.  
If the cause of the error is not apparent from any displayed message,  
contact your DB2 Manager product support representative.  
OTD20011  
Timeout error during initialization of task tnnn  
Explanation: A control region sub-task has not responded with one minute during  
initialization processing. Initialization of the control region has been  
aborted. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ –  
housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and  
‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number.  
Action: Consult other messages displayed during control region initialization  
for possible information as to why the sub-task is not responding.  
Take the action specified for the error message, and restart the  
control region.  
142  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If no other abnormal message is present, or the cause of the error is  
not apparent from any displayed message, contact your DB2 Manager  
product support representative.  
OTD20012  
Return code X'xx' retrieving | creating | deleting Name/Token pair  
Explanation: An error has occurred retrieving, creating or deleting an OS/390  
name/token pair. ‘xx’ gives the hexadecimal reason code received  
from the retrieve request. Execution of the utility is terminated with  
condition code 12.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the IEANTRT callable service (for  
retrieval errors), the IEANTCR callable service (for creation errors) or  
the IEANTDL callable service (for deletion errors) for a description of  
the error code. Take the appropriate corrective action and re-submit  
the job. If no obvious cause for the error can be identified, contact  
your local STK support representative.  
OTD20013  
GETMAIN failure X'xx' allocating task tnnn  
Explanation: A request for virtual storage in the private area of the control region  
during sub-task creation has been denied by the operating system  
with return code 'xx'. Initialization of the control region is aborted. ‘t’  
identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’  
– scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-  
task number.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the GETMAIN macro for an  
explanation of the return code. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and restart the control region.  
OTD20014  
Error X'xx' received attaching task tnnn  
Explanation: Hexadecimal error code 'xx' was received from the ATTACH macro  
that was used to initiate a sub-task during DB2 Manager control  
region initialization processing. The control region is terminated. ‘t’  
identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’  
– scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-  
task number.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the ATTACH macro for a description  
of the error code. Take the appropriate corrective action and restart  
the control region.  
If no apparent cause for the failure can be identified, contact your DB2  
Manager product support representative.  
OTD20015  
nnn Scheduler | Tape reader | Disk reader | Tape writer |  
Housekeeping tasks initialized successfully  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: All sub-tasks of the type identified in the message have been  
successfully initialized during start-up of the DB2 Manager control  
region. ‘nnn’ gives the number of sub-tasks initialized.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20016  
OTDBP300 is not in Link Pack Area  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager row edit routine OTDBP300 was not found in the  
FLPA or MLPA during control region initialization processing. The  
control region is terminated.  
Action: Ensure that module OTDBP300 is installed in the FLPA or MLPA  
OTD20017  
Intercept successfully established  
Explanation: The Archive Manager /DB2 row edit routine OTDBP300 has been  
located in the FLPA or MLPA, and has been successfully initialized.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20018  
ENQueue Error: Major: mmmmmmmm Minor: nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn  
Return code=X'xx'  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to enqueue on the resource  
whose major and minor names are identified in the message. ‘xx’ is  
the return code received from the ENQ macro.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on ENQ macro processing for a  
description of the return code. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-start the control region. If no apparent cause for the error can  
be detected, contact your DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
144  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20019  
Error locating DB2 Manager ASCB | Jobname  
Explanation: An error has been detected attempting to locate the ASCB for the  
DB2 Manager control region, or retrieving the started task name  
assigned to the control region.  
Action: This indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing. Report  
the error to your local DB2 Manager product support representative.  
OTD20020  
Lifecycle Director V1.1 initialization starting  
Explanation: This message is displayed at start of control region initialization  
processing.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20021  
Initialization completed successfully  
Explanation: All control region initialization processing has been performed  
successfully.  
Action: None. This is an informational message. If COMMAND=REPLY has  
been specified in the DB2 Manager parameter library member  
TAPECNTL, it will be followed by message OTM20000.  
OTD20025  
Error xx Reason xxxxxxxx received during authorization code  
checking  
Explanation: An internal error has occurred during authorization code checking.  
Control region initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: This is an internal error. Report the problem to your DB2 Manager  
product support representative.  
OTD20026  
Control region already initialized - job terminating  
Explanation: An attempt has been made to start the DB2 Manager control region,  
but a control region is already active in the same system image.  
Initialization of the second control region is terminated.  
Action: Ensure that any existing control region execution is terminated before  
attempting to start the control region.  
OTD20027  
System abend 'xxx' intercepted – processing will continue  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during control region operation.  
The system abend code is 'xxx'. Control region processing will  
continue.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action: A system abend has been trapped during processing of an operator  
request. If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the abend.  
Operator requests may continue to be entered as normal.  
If it is not possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend,  
control region processing will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD20028  
Unable to continue after abend - job terminating  
Explanation: The DB2 Manager control region was unable to recover after trapping  
an abend condition. The control region will be terminated abnormally.  
Action: Report the problem to your DB2 Manager product support  
representative. Preserve all diagnostic information and system  
dumps for further analysis.  
OTD20029  
Recursive abends intercepted - job terminating  
Explanation: A recursive abend has occurred after the DB2 Manager control region  
trapped a system abend condition. The control region will be  
terminated abnormally.  
Action: Report the problem to your DB2 Manager product support  
representative. Preserve all diagnostic information and system dumps  
for further analysis.  
OTD20030  
Error received posting requestor ECB  
Explanation: An error occurred posting an outstanding request for access to a  
migrated row. The DB2 Manager control region will attempt to  
recover from this error condition and continue processing.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for additional information  
regarding the error. If no apparent cause for the failure can be  
determined, report the problem to your DB2 Manager product support  
representative. Preserve all diagnostic information and system dumps  
for further analysis.  
OTD20031  
Initialization processing aborted  
Explanation: An error has occurred during DB2 Manager control region initialization  
processing. Initialization has been terminated.  
Action: Examine other messages displayed by the control region during the  
initialization process for details of the error. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and restart the control region.  
OTD20032  
146  
Command rejected - enter request via MODIFY command  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: ‘COMMAND=MODIFY’ is set in the Archive Manager/OAM  
TAPECNTL parameter library member, but an MVS command other  
than ‘MODIFY’ has been issued to the DB2 Manager control region.  
Action: Re-enter the DB2 Manager command using the standard MVS  
control region commands.  
OTD20033  
I/O error X'xxxx' processing ENVCNTL | TAPECNTL parameter  
member  
Explanation: An I/O error has occurred processing the identified member from the  
DB2 Manager parameter library during control region initialization  
processing. 'xxxx' gives the first two sense bytes from the IOB at the  
time of the error. Control region initialization is aborted.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for a description of the error code. Take  
the appropriate corrective action and restart the control region.  
If no apparent cause for the error can be detected, contact your DB2  
Manager product support representative.  
OTD20034  
Error X’xx’ received loading program XXXXXXXX  
Explanation: An error has occurred dynamically loading the program identified in  
the message. ‘xx’ gives the hexadecimal error record received from  
the LOAD request.  
Action: Refer to IBM macro documentation for a description of the error code  
in the message. Ensure that the program identified in the message is  
available to be loaded from the steplib, joblib or linklist concatenation.  
Consult other available system messages for additional information on  
the load error. Take the appropriate corrective action and restart the  
control region.  
OTD20049  
Task tnnn shutdown request has failed - error X'xx'  
Explanation: Shutdown of a sub-task has failed during control region termination  
processing. ‘xx’ gives the hexadecimal return code from the DETACH  
macro. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ –  
housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and  
‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number. Termination of the control region  
continues.  
Action: None. This is an informational message. System abend ‘A03’ may  
be received on termination of the control region after display of this  
message.  
OTD20050  
Missing or invalid request - ignored  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: An invalid operator command has been entered in response to the  
DB2 Manager OTD20000 message or via MODIFY command.  
Action: Re-enter the correct operator command in response to the OTD20000  
message or via MODIFY command.  
OTD20051  
Invalid Set operand(s) - request ignored  
Explanation: An invalid operand has been entered with the SET operator  
command.  
Action: Ensure that the SET command is specified correctly and re-enter the  
format.  
OTD20052  
Configuration altered successfully  
Explanation: The operator SET command has been processed successfully to alter  
the current DB2 Manager configuration.  
Action: None. This is an informational message. If COMMAND=REPLY has  
been specified in the DB2 Manager TAPECNTL parameter library  
member, the OTD20000 operator reply message will be redisplayed.  
OTD20053  
Unable to reduce value of MAXTRDR | MAXDRDR | MAXTWTR |  
MAXSCHED as requested  
Explanation: All available tasks have been examined but the control region has  
been unable to reduce the value of the initialization parameter  
specified in the message to that requested.  
Action: This is an DB2 Manager error condition. Report the message to your  
DB2 Manager product support representative. Obtain as much  
information as you can about the status of the DB2 Manager control  
region at the time of the message display.  
OTD20054  
Timeout error occurred when acquiring the Scheduler lock  
Explanation: The control region has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
scheduler lock within 1 minute. Processing of the operator command  
is unable to continue.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
148  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20055  
Missing/invalid operand - request rejected  
Explanation: A mandatory operand is missing from an DB2 Manager operator  
command.  
command formats.  
OTD20056  
Errors altering configuration – check system status  
Explanation: Errors have been detected attempting to alter the current DB2  
Manager configuration using the operator SET command. Other  
messages will give details of the error encountered.  
Action: Check the system status via the operator DISPLAY command to verify  
that the system configuration has not been altered erroneously.  
OTD20057  
Requested task tnnn does not exist - request ignored  
Explanation: A sub-task specified in an operator command does not exist. The  
request is ignored. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader;  
‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer)  
and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number.  
Action: Ensure that the correct task number is specified in the operator  
command. If necessary, use the DISPLAY command to display  
details of all currently active sub-tasks.  
OTD20058  
Display processing completed  
Explanation: Processing of an operator DISPLAY command has been successfully  
completed.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20059  
Task tnnn is not active - request ignored  
Explanation: A request to purge a sub-task in the control region cannot be  
performed because the task is either not initialized or already  
terminated. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ –  
housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and  
‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number.  
Action: Ensure that the correct task number is specified in the operator  
command. If necessary, use the DISPLAY command to display  
details of all currently active sub-tasks.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20060  
Task tnnn has been shutdown successfully  
Explanation: A request to purge the identified sub-task has been completed  
successfully. ‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ –  
housekeeping; ‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and  
‘nnn’ gives the sub-task number.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20061  
Invalid Display operand(s) – request ignored  
Explanation: An invalid operand has been entered with the DISPLAY operator  
command.  
Action: Ensure that the DISPLAY command is specified correctly and re-enter  
operator command.  
OTD20062  
Maxtrdr=nnn  
Maxqlen=nnn  
Maxdrdr=nnn  
Maxtwtr=nnn  
Maxsched=nnn  
OTD20062  
OTD20062  
OTD20062  
Retaintape= nnnn Tapewait=nnnn Objsize=nnnnn  
Readtimeout=nnnn Writetimeout=nnnn  
Scheduler qlen=nnn unlocked | lkd/Xnnn; held request qlen=nnn  
Explanation: This group of messages is displayed in response to an operator  
DISPLAY command, and gives a summary of current control region  
configuration settings.  
For a locked scheduler queue display, ‘Xnnn’ identifies the lock  
owner, where ‘X’ is the resource type (‘M’ = master task, ‘S’ =  
scheduler task, ‘P’ = external program), and ‘nnn’ is the resource  
number.  
Action: None. This is an information message only.  
OTD20063  
Task tnnn: Status=aaaa Qlen=bbb  
DBid=cccc Stg_level=d Tape=eeeee Lastuse=hh:mm:ss  
Explanation: This message is displayed in response to a detailed or summary  
operator DISPLAY command. For summary commands, it will be  
displayed once for each subtask in the control region, where:  
‘t’ identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping;  
‘S’ – scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the  
sub-task number.  
aaaa’ indicates the task status, and can take the following values:  
NULL – the task has not yet been initialized  
150  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WAIT – the task is currently waiting for work  
WTSH – a shutdown request has been queued for the task  
BUSY – the task is currently processing requests  
BYSH – the task is currently processing requests, and will  
terminate when all requests have been processed  
TERM – the task has terminated  
’bbb’ gives the number of requests currently queued for the task. For  
busy reader and writer tasks, ‘cccc’ gives the identifier of the  
database being processed by the subtask. For busy reader tasks or  
waiting tape reader tasks which have retained allocation of a tape  
volume, ‘d’ gives the database storage level and ‘eeeee’ the  
sequence number within storage level of the tape or disk dataset  
being processed. The ‘Lastuse’ entry will only be displayed for waiting  
tape reader tasks which have retained allocation of a tape volume.  
‘hh:mm:ss gives the time the tape was last in use. The tape volume  
will be automatically de-allocated and dismounted if a retrieval request  
for that volume is not received within the time specified in the  
RETAINTAPE system initialization parameter.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20066  
Request nnn: Type=xxxxxxxx DBid=yyyy Jobname=zzzzzzzz  
Explanation: This message is displayed for busy tasks in response to a detailed  
operator DISPLAY command. ‘nnn’ gives the position of the request  
in the sub-task request queue. ‘xxxxxxxx’ gives the type of request,  
and can take the following values: ‘Open’, ‘Retrieve’, ‘Store’, ‘Commit’  
or ‘Close’. ‘yyyy’ gives the identifier of the Archive Manager database  
being processed by the subtask, and ‘zzzzzzzz’ the name of the job  
from which the request was originally submitted.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20067  
Request nnn: Stg Level=x Tape=yyyyy Blockid=zzzzzzzz  
Explanation: This message is displayed as a supplement to message OTD20066  
for retrieve or store requests. ‘nnn’ gives the position of the request  
in the sub-task request queue, ‘x’ the Archive Manager database  
storage level and ‘yyyyy’ the sequence number within the database  
storage level of the disk or tape dataset being processed by the sub-  
task. ‘zzzzzzzz’ gives the hexadecimal identifier of the block  
containing the migrated row being processed by the sub-task.  
Action: None. This is an informational message only.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20071  
Invalid Purge operand(s) – request ignored  
Explanation: An invalid operand has been entered with the PURGE operator  
command.  
Action: Ensure that the PURGE command is specified correctly and re-enter  
command.  
OTD20072  
Task tnnn is already being purged – request ignored  
Explanation: A second PURGE request has been entered for a busy sub-task  
before the first PURGE request has been processed, where ‘t’  
identifies the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’  
– scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-  
task number.. The request is ignored.  
Action: Wait for the queued PURGE command to be processed after all  
outstanding retrieval requests have been completed. To immediately  
terminate the sub-task, enter the FORCE command.  
OTD20073  
Task tnnn purge request is being processed  
Explanation: A PURGE request has been queued for a sub-task, where ‘t’ identifies  
the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’ –  
scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-task  
number. Waiting tasks will terminate immediately; busy tasks will  
terminate when all currently queued requests have been processed.  
Action: None this is an informational message.  
OTD20081  
Invalid Force operand(s) – request ignored  
Explanation: An invalid operand has been entered with the FORCE operator  
command.  
Action: Ensure that the FORCE command is specified correctly and re-enter  
FORCE operator command format.  
OTD20082  
Controller received error posting requestor ECB  
Explanation: An error occurred posting an outstanding request during force purge  
processing. The DB2 Manager control region will attempt to recover  
from this error condition and continue processing.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for additional information  
regarding the error. If no apparent cause for the failure can be  
determined, report the problem to your DB2 Manager product support  
representative. Preserve all diagnostic information and system dumps  
for further analysis.  
152  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD20083  
Task tnnn has not been purged – request ignored  
Explanation: A FORCE request has been entered for task 'tnnn', where ‘t’ identifies  
the sub-task type (‘D’ – disk reader; ‘H’ – housekeeping; ‘S’ –  
scheduler; ‘T’ – tape reader; ‘W’ – writer) and ‘nnn’ gives the sub-task  
number, but no prior PURGE request has been entered. A PURGE  
request must already have been entered for a task before a FORCE  
request is accepted. The request is ignored.  
Action: Enter a PURGE request for the task. All outstanding retrieval  
requests will be completed before the specified task is terminated. If  
necessary a FORCE request may then be entered for the task.  
OTD20091  
Invalid Shutdown operand(s)  
Explanation: An invalid operand has been entered with the operator SHUTDOWN  
command.  
for details of the operator SHUTDOWN command format.  
OTD20092  
Do you want to proceed with shutdown (y/n)?  
Explanation: An operator SHUTDOWN request has been entered on the console  
via the operator reply facility. This message is displayed to ask for  
confirmation of the shutdown request.  
Action: To proceed with DB2 Manager control region shutdown processing,  
enter 'Y'.  
To abort the shutdown request, enter 'N'. The operator reply message  
OTD20000 will then be redisplayed.  
OTD20093  
Shutdown in progress  
Explanation: An operator SHUTDOWN request has been entered and accepted.  
Termination of the control region will continue.  
Action: None. This is an informational message only.  
OTD20094  
Error freeing communications table storage  
Explanation: The storage area allocated in subpool 241 in the MVS ECSA during  
control region initialization processing for the DB2 Manager  
communications table was not freed successfully during control region  
shutdown. Termination processing continues.  
Action: Refer to other available system messages for more information  
regarding the error. When the cause has been identified, take the  
appropriate corrective action to ensure that the error does not re-  
occur during future shutdown of the control region.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If no apparent cause of the error can be identified, contact your DB2  
Manager product support representative.  
The ECSA storage used for the DB2 Manager communications table  
in this invocation of the control region will be unavailable for allocation  
until after the next IPL of the system. Approximately 200 kbytes of  
storage are used for the communications table in extended CSA  
storage.  
OTD20095  
Communications table storage area freed  
Explanation: The storage area obtained from subpool 241 in extended CSA during  
control region initialization processing has been successfully released  
during control region shutdown. Processing continues.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD20096  
Shutdown processing complete  
Explanation: DB2 Manager shutdown processing has been completed successfully.  
The control region will terminate normally.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD220xx – control region scheduler messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager control region scheduler are written to the system log.  
OTD22001 Scheduler initialization error: invalid control block  
Explanation: An invalid control block has been encountered by the scheduler task  
during initialization processing. Control region initialization will be  
terminated.  
Action: This condition indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
154  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD22002 Scheduler initialization error: insufficient storage available for  
workareas  
Explanation: A request for virtual storage in the DB2 Manager control region has  
been rejected by the operating system. Control region initialization  
processing is aborted.  
Action: Allocate more virtual storage to the control region, by increasing the  
value of the SIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager procedure. Restart  
the control region.  
OTD22003  
Storage Release Error: Return Code=X'xx' T=Snnn  
Explanation: An error has been received trying to free a virtual storage area during  
scheduler task shutdown processing. ‘xx’ gives the hexadecimal  
return code from the STORAGE macro, and ‘nnn’ identifies the  
scheduler task number. Shutdown processing will continue normally.  
Action: Consult IBM documentation on the STORAGE macro for an  
explanation of the return code displayed in the message. If  
necessary, take appropriate action to ensure the problem does not re-  
occur. If the error persists, and no apparent cause can be identifier,  
report the problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD22004  
Invalid request on Scheduler Queue  
Explanation: A request in the scheduler queue is not a valid DB2 Manager request  
element. Processing of the request cannot continue. The scheduler  
task will continue by waiting for the next request to arrive.  
Action: This message indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD22005  
ENQueue Error: Major: mmmmmmmm Minor: nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn  
Return code=X'xx' T=Snnn  
Explanation: An error has been received attempting to enqueue on the resource  
whose major and minor names are identified in the message. ‘xx’ is  
the return code received from the ENQ macro, and ‘nnn’ identifies the  
scheduler task receiving the error.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on ENQ macro processing for a  
description of the return code. Take the appropriate corrective action  
and re-start the control region. If no apparent cause for the error can  
be detected, contact your DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD22006  
Scheduler terminating because of recursive abends T=Snnn  
Explanation: An abend condition has been detected by a scheduler task, when  
attempting to recover from an earlier abend condition. ‘nnn’ identifies  
the scheduler task receiving the error. The scheduler task will  
terminate automatically and the current value of the MAXSCHED  
initialization parameter will be reduced by 1.  
Action: Examine the original abend condition, and take any corrective action  
required. Other scheduler tasks may continue to process requests  
normally. To restart the terminated scheduler task, reset the value of  
MAXSCHED back to its value prior to termination of the scheduler  
task.  
OTD22007  
Scheduler received error posting requestor ECB T=Snnn  
Explanation: An error occurred posting an outstanding request. The scheduler task  
will attempt to recover from this error condition and continue  
processing.  
Action: Consult other available system messages for additional information  
regarding the error. If no apparent cause for the failure can be  
determined, report the problem to your DB2 Manager product support  
representative. Preserve all diagnostic information and system dumps  
for further analysis.  
OTD22008  
Scheduler task nnn abend Sxxx intercepted  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during operation of scheduler  
task ‘nnn’. The system abend code is 'xxx'. Scheduler processing will  
continue.  
Action: A system abend has been trapped during processing of a migrated  
row access request. If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the  
abend.  
If it is not possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend,  
scheduler task processing will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD22009  
Scheduler task nnn terminated  
Explanation: Scheduler task number ‘nnn’ has terminated processing in response  
to an operator command, or following an unrecoverable error  
condition.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD22011  
VSAM error X'aabb' received opening | reading dataset OTASxxxx,  
T=Snnn'  
156  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: An error has been received by scheduler task ‘nnn’ opening or  
reading the primary index dataset of Archive Manager database  
‘xxxx’. ‘aa’ and ‘bb’ give the hexadecimal return and reason codes  
from the VSAM request. The migrated row access request being  
processed by the task will be rejected.  
Action: Refer to IBM VSAM macro documentation for an explanation of the  
return and reason codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action before re-submitting the request which  
generated the error condition.  
OTD22040 System abend ‘xxx’ intercepted – control region will attempt to  
recover  
Explanation: A system abend condition has occurred during scheduler operation,  
and has been intercepted by the program. The scheduler will attempt  
to recover from this condition and continue processing normally.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for an explanation of the system abend  
code displayed in the message. If no apparent cause for the problem  
can be identifier, report the error to your StorageTek customer support  
representative.  
OTD250xx – control region tape reader messages  
Messages from DB2 Manager control region tape reader tasks are written to the system  
log.  
OTD25001  
Invalid ODRH received on entry  
Explanation: An invalid reader task header control block has been encountered by  
a tape reader task during initialization processing. Reader task  
initialization will be terminated.  
Action: This condition indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD25002  
Unable to get exclusive access to TAPEREADER resource  
Explanation: A tape reader task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
tape reader request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the  
request continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager  
control region may have been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OTD25003  
Unable to get exclusive access to ODRE resource  
Explanation: A tape reader task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
scheduler request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the request  
continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control  
region may have been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD25004  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: A request by a reader task for virtual storage in the DB2 Manager  
control region has been rejected by the operating system. Tape  
reader task initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: Allocate more virtual storage to the control region, by increasing the  
value of the SIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager procedure. Restart  
the control region.  
OTD25005  
Tape rdr task nnn initialization failed  
Explanation: Initialization of tape reader sub-task ‘nnn’ has failed. Tape reader  
task initialization processing will be terminated.  
Action: Examine the system log for other messages displayed by the DB2  
Manager, giving the cause of tape reader task initialization failure.  
Take the appropriate action described for those messages, and retry  
the tape reader task initialization request.  
OTD25007  
Tape rdr task nnn abend Sxxx intercepted  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during operation of tape reader  
task ‘nnn’. The system abend code is 'xxx'. Tape reader processing  
will continue.  
Action: A system abend has been trapped during processing of a migrated  
row access request. If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the  
abend.  
If it is not possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend, the  
tape reader task will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD25009  
Tape rdr task nnn terminated  
158  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Explanation: Tape reader task number ‘nnn’ has terminated processing in  
response to an operator command, or following an unrecoverable  
error condition.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD25011  
Return code xx Supp codes X'yyyyzzzz' received opening | reading |  
closing d/b dddd, T=Tnnn  
Explanation: An error has been received by tape reader task ‘nnn’ accessing the  
Archive Manager database with identifier ‘dddd’, for the type of  
processing identified in the message. ‘xx’ gives the return code  
received from the Archive Manager call, and ‘yyyy’ and ‘zzzz’ give  
supplementary error codes 1 and 2. Processing of the current request  
is terminated with an error.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for an explanation of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the request.  
OTD25012  
Unrecoverable error condition - tape reader task nnn terminating  
Explanation: An error condition has been encountered during processing of a  
request by tape reader task ‘nnn’, and the task is unable to recover.  
The request will be terminated with an error condition and the reader  
task will terminate. The value of the MAXTRDR initialization  
parameter will be automatically decremented by 1.  
Action: Examine the system log for other DB2 Manager messages giving  
information about the original error condition. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the failing request. To restart the  
terminated reader task, set the value of MAXTRDR to its value prior to  
termination of the task.  
OTD25013  
Error xx received writing SMF record  
Explanation: An error has been detected by a tape reader task writing a record to  
the SMF dataset. ‘xx’ gives the return code received from the  
SMFWTM macro. Tape reader task processing will continue  
normally.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for an explanation of the return code  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action to  
resolve the problem.  
OTD25040 System abend ‘xxx’ intercepted – control region will attempt to  
recover  
Explanation: A system abend condition has occurred during tape reader task  
operation, and has been intercepted by the program. The tape  
reader task will attempt to recover from this condition and continue  
processing normally.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for an explanation of the system abend  
code displayed in the message. If no apparent cause for the problem  
can be identifier, report the error to your StorageTek customer support  
representative.  
OTD254xx – control region disk reader messages  
Messages from DB2 Manager control region disk reader tasks are written to the system  
log.  
OTD25401  
Invalid ODRH received on entry  
Explanation: An invalid reader task header control block has been encountered by  
a disk reader task during initialization processing. Reader task  
initialization will be terminated.  
Action: This condition indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD25402  
Unable to get exclusive access to DISKREADER resource  
Explanation: A disk reader task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
disk reader request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the request  
continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control  
region may have been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD25403  
Unable to get exclusive access to ODRE resource  
Explanation: A disk reader task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
scheduler request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the request  
continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control  
region may have been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD25404  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
160  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Explanation: A request by a disk reader task for virtual storage in the DB2 Manager  
control region has been rejected by the operating system. Disk reader  
task initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: Allocate more virtual storage to the control region, by increasing the  
value of the SIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager procedure. Restart  
the control region.  
OTD25405  
Disk rdr task nnn initialization failed  
Explanation: Initialization of disk reader sub-task ‘nnn’ has failed. Disk reader task  
initialization processing will be terminated.  
Action: Examine the system log for other messages displayed by the DB2  
Manager, giving the cause of tape reader task initialization failure.  
Take the appropriate action described for those messages, and retry  
the disk reader task initialization request.  
OTD25407  
Disk rdr task nnn abend Sxxx intercepted  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during operation of disk reader  
task ‘nnn’. The system abend code is 'xxx'. Disk reader processing  
will continue.  
Action: A system abend has been trapped during processing of a migrated  
row access request. If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the  
abend.  
If it is not possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend, the  
disk reader task will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD25409  
Disk rdr task nnn terminated  
Explanation: Disk reader task number ‘nnn’ has terminated processing in response  
to an operator command, or following an unrecoverable error  
condition.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD25411  
Return code xx Supp codes X'xxxxxxxx' received opening | reading |  
closing d/b dddd, T=Dnnn  
Explanation: An error has been received by disk reader task ‘nnn’ accessing the  
Archive Manager database with identifier ‘dddd’, for the type of  
processing identified in the message. ‘xx’ gives the return code  
received from the Archive Manager call, and ‘yyyy’ and ‘zzzz’ give  
supplementary error codes 1 and 2. Processing of the current request  
is terminated with an error.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for an explanation of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-submit the request.  
OTD25412  
Unrecoverable error condition - disk reader task nnn terminating  
Explanation: An error condition has been encountered during processing of a  
request by disk reader task ‘nnn’, and the task is unable to recover.  
The request will be terminated with an error condition and the reader  
task will terminate. The value of the MAXDRDR initialization  
parameter will be automatically decremented by 1.  
Action: Examine the system log for other DB2 Manager messages giving  
information about the original error condition. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-submit the failing request. To restart the  
terminated reader task, set the value of MAXDRDR to its value prior  
to termination of the task.  
OTD25413  
Error xx received writing SMF record  
Explanation: An error has been detected by a disk reader task writing a record to  
the SMF dataset. ‘xx’ gives the return code received from the  
SMFWTM macro. Disk reader task processing will continue normally.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for an explanation of the return code  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action to  
resolve the problem.  
OTD260xx – control region writer messages  
Messages from DB2 Manager control region writer tasks are written to the system log.  
OTD26001  
Invalid ODWH received on entry  
Explanation: An invalid writer task header control block has been encountered by a  
tape reader task during initialization processing. Writer task  
initialization will be terminated.  
Action: This condition indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD26002  
Unable to get exclusive access to TAPEWRITER resource  
Explanation: A tape writer task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
tape writer request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the request  
continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control  
region may have been compromised.  
162  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD26003  
Unable to get exclusive access to ODRE resource  
Explanation: A tape writer task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
scheduler request queue within 1 minute. Processing of the request  
continues, but request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control  
region may have been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD26004  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
Explanation: A request by a writer task for virtual storage in the DB2 Manager  
control region has been rejected by the operating system. Tape writer  
task initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: Allocate more virtual storage to the control region, by increasing the  
value of the SIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager procedure. Restart  
the control region.  
OTD26005  
Tape wtr task nnn initialization failed  
Explanation: Initialization of tape writer sub-task ‘nnn’ has failed. Tape writer task  
initialization processing will be terminated.  
Action: Examine the system log for other messages displayed by the DB2  
Manager, giving the cause of tape writer task initialization failure.  
Take the appropriate action described for those messages, and retry  
the tape writer task initialization request.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD26007  
Tape wtr task nnn abend Sxxx intercepted  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during operation of tape writer  
task ‘nnn’. The system abend code is 'xxx'. Tape writer processing  
will continue.  
Action: A system abend has been trapped during processing of a migrated  
row storage request. If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the  
abend.  
If it is not possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend, the  
tape writer task will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD26009  
Tape wtr task nnn terminated  
Explanation: Tape writer task number ‘nnn’ has terminated processing in response  
to an operator command, or following an unrecoverable error  
condition.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD26011  
Return code xx Supp codes X'yyyyzzzz' received opening | updating  
| committing | closing d/b dddd, T=Wnnn  
Explanation: An error has been received by tape writer task ‘nnn’ accessing the  
Archive Manager database with identifier ‘dddd’, for the type of  
processing identified in the message. ‘xx’ gives the return code  
received from the Archive Manager call, and ‘yyyy’ and ‘zzzz’ give  
supplementary error codes 1 and 2. Processing of the current request  
is terminated with an error.  
Action: Refer to the Archive Manager User Manual for an explanation of the  
return and supplementary codes displayed in the message. Take the  
appropriate corrective action and re-start the row migration job.  
OTD26012  
Unrecoverable error condition – tape writer task nnn terminating  
Explanation: An error condition has been encountered during processing of a  
request by tape writer task ‘nnn’, and the task is unable to recover.  
The request will be terminated with an error condition and the writer  
task will terminate. The value of the MAXTWTR initialization  
parameter will be automatically decremented by 1.  
Action: Examine the system log for other DB2 Manager messages giving  
information about the original error condition. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the row migration job. To restart the  
terminated writer task, set the value of MAXTWTR to its value prior to  
termination of the task.  
164  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTD26013  
Error xx received writing SMF record  
Explanation: An error has been detected by a tape writer task writing a record to  
the SMF dataset. ‘xx’ gives the return code received from the  
SMFWTM macro. Tape writer task processing will continue normally.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation for an explanation of the return code  
displayed in the message. Take the appropriate corrective action to  
resolve the problem.  
OTD270xx - control region housekeeping task  
messages  
Messages from the DB2 Manager control region housekeeping tasks are written to the  
system log.  
OTD27001  
Invalid ODCT received on entry  
Explanation: An invalid communications table control block has been encountered  
by the housekeeping task during initialization processing.  
Housekeeping task initialization will be terminated.  
Action: This condition indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing.  
Retain as much information about the error as possible and report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD27002  
Unable to get exclusive access to ODRE resource  
Explanation: A housekeeping task has been unable to gain exclusive access to the  
scheduler request queue within 1 minute. Processing continues, but  
request queue integrity in the DB2 Manager control region may have  
been compromised.  
Action: Examine the system log for other abnormal messages issued by the  
DB2 Manager control region. If there is no apparent reason for the  
failure, contact your local DB2 Manager product support  
representative.  
OTD27003  
ODRE table is not valid  
Explanation: The table of DB2 Manager request elements in extended common  
storage is not in a valid format. Housekeeping processing cannot  
continue, and the task will terminate.  
Action: This indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager processing. Report  
the problem to your local DB2 Manager support representative.  
OTD27004  
Insufficient storage for workareas  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Explanation: A request by a housekeeping task for virtual storage in the DB2  
Manager control region has been rejected by the operating system.  
Housekeeping task initialization processing is aborted.  
Action: Allocate more virtual storage to the control region, by increasing the  
value of the SIZE parameter in the DB2 Manager procedure. Restart  
the control region.  
OTD27005  
Housekeeping task Hnnn terminated  
Explanation: Housekeeping task number ‘nnn’ has terminated processing in  
response to an operator command, or following an unrecoverable  
error condition.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
OTD27006  
Unrecoverable error condition - housekeeping task nnn terminating  
Explanation: An error condition has been encountered during processing of  
housekeeping task ‘nnn’, and the task is unable to recover. The  
housekeeping task will terminate.  
Action: Examine the system log for other DB2 Manager messages giving  
information about the original error condition. Take the appropriate  
corrective action and re-start the control region.  
OTD27007  
Housekeeping task nnn abend Sxxx intercepted  
Explanation: A system abend has been intercepted during operation of  
housekeeping task ‘nnn’. The system abend code is 'xxx'.  
Housekeeping processing will continue.  
Action: If possible, DB2 Manager will recover from the abend. If it is not  
possible for DB2 Manager to recover from the abend, the  
housekeeping task will be terminated abnormally.  
The problem should be reported to your DB2 Manager product  
support representative.  
OTD27008  
Hnnn request timed out - ODRE xxxxxxxx  
Explanation: A stalled request has been timed out by a housekeeping task.  
‘xxxxxxxx’ gives the virtual storage address of the DB2 Manager  
request element used by the timed out request.  
Action: None. This is an informational message.  
DB2 Manager error and reason codes  
Any error condition encountered by DB2 Manager during processing of a row  
access request generated by an application program SQL command will be  
166  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
communicated back to the calling program via generation of an SQL –652  
error. The two bytes at character positions 6 and 7 in field SQLERRD in the  
SQL communication area (SQLCA) at the time of the error will contain a  
reason code giving additional information about the error condition.  
Messages giving additional error information may also be displayed in the  
system log by the DB2 Manager control region.  
This section lists reason codes set by DB2 Manager in the SQLCA. Note that  
reason codes in this list are displayed in hexadecimal format.  
Reason code  
Explanation  
(hex)  
01xx  
Storage obtain request by the DB2 Manager row edit processor failed.  
‘xx’ gives the hexadecimal return code received from the STORAGE  
macro request.  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the STORAGE macro for a  
description of the error. Take the appropriate corrective  
action before continuing with DB2 Manager processing.  
02xx  
03xx  
0500  
An invalid row edit request code has been received from DB2. ‘xx’  
gives the invalid request code.  
Action: This indicates either an internal DB2 Manager error or a  
possible DB2 error. Report the problem to your local DB2  
Manager support representative  
Error received from TCBTOKEN macro request. ‘xx’ gives the  
hexadecimal return code received from the macro call.  
Action:  
Refer to IBM documentation on the TCBTOKEN macro for  
a description of the error. Take the appropriate corrective  
action before continuing with DB2 Manager processing.  
There is no free request element available for processing the request.  
Action:  
DB2 Manager allows up to 1024 migrated row access  
requests to be processed concurrently. If this limit is  
exceeded, the error documented here will be received. In  
this case, the request should be retried at a less busy time.  
If the number of concurrent requests in the system is less  
than this figure, report the problem to your local DB2  
Manager support representative.  
06xx  
09xx  
Error received from ALESERV macro request. ‘xx’ gives the  
hexadecimal return code received from the macro call.  
Action:  
Refer to IBM documentation on the ALESERV macro for a  
description of the error. Take the appropriate corrective  
action before continuing with DB2 Manager processing.  
Error received from LOCASCB macro request. ‘xx’ gives the  
hexadecimal return code received from the macro call.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reason code  
(hex)  
Explanation  
Action: Refer to IBM documentation on the LOCASCB macro for a  
description of the error. Take the appropriate corrective  
action before continuing with DB2 Manager processing.  
0A00  
A request has been unable to obtain exclusive access to the DB2  
Manager control region scheduler lock within the time interval set in  
the READTIMEOUT or WRITETIMEOUT initialization parameter  
(depending on type of request).  
Action:  
This condition normally indicates a problem with the  
control region. Issue a series of operator summary  
display commands (see page 51) to display the current  
condition of the scheduler lock. If this indicates that it is  
unlocked, re-try the request. If it is consistently locked,  
review the control region joblog for other error messages.  
If no reason for the error can be identified, report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support  
representative. To relieve the condition, perform an  
immediate stop on the control region and restart the  
region.  
0B00  
A migrated row has been accessed by the row migration utility  
OTDBP100.  
Action:  
This is a normal condition when running an DB2 Manager  
utility program, and will be handled by the program. This  
error should not occur when executing any other type of  
program.  
0C00  
0Dxx  
Field TCBUSER was not correctly initialized during DB2 Manager  
utility processing. The utility job will terminate with an error.  
Action:  
This indicates an internal DB2 Manager error. Report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support  
representative.  
A problem has occurred attempting to communicate with the DB2  
Manager control region. The second byte of the reason code (‘xx’)  
will contain a two-digit explanation code, as follows:  
01 - An invalid DB2 Manager communications table was found by the  
row edit procedure OTDBP300.  
Action: This indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager  
processing. Stop and restart the control region to try to  
clear the error condition. If this does not work, report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support  
representative.  
02 - The name of the DB2 Manager control region held in the ASCB  
addressed by the row edit procedure OTDBP300 does not  
match that of the control region at start-up time.  
Action: This indicates an internal error in DB2 Manager  
168  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Reason code  
(hex)  
Explanation  
processing. Stop and restart the control region to try to  
clear the error condition. If this does not work, report the  
problem to your local DB2 Manager support  
representative.  
10xx  
An error condition has been received by the DB2 Manager control  
region during processing of the request. The second byte of the  
reason code contains a two-digit hexadecimal value describing the  
error. Refer to page 169 for a description of possible control region  
reason codes.  
Control region return codes  
On completion of a migrated row access request, the DB2 Manager control  
region issues a two-character return code to the row edit routine OTDBP300,  
indicating the result of the request. Unsuccessful return codes will result in  
an SQL –652 error with a reason code of x’10xx’ in field SQLERRD(6) being  
issued to the SQL caller by DB2 Manager (where ‘xx’ is the error code  
returned from the control region).  
The control region return code is included in the corresponding entry in the  
request section of the SMF record created during migrated row access  
processing. The value of the return code may be used by the customer’s  
own SMF record processing for an analysis of successful and unsuccessful  
DB2 Manager migrated row access requests.  
A return code value of '00' indicates successful storage or retrieval of a  
migrated row in an Archive Manager database. Non-zero return codes  
indicate that an abnormal condition was encountered during migrated row  
access processing. This section lists all possible non-zero values generated  
by the control region.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Return code  
(hex value in  
brackets)  
Explanation  
21 (15)  
No free tape reader task available to perform migrated row retrieval  
request, or task processing tape volume containing migrated row is  
currently at its maximum request level (as set by the MAXQLEN  
initialization parameter).  
If a non-zero value of the TAPEWAIT initialization parameter is  
specified, DB2 Manager will queue the request internally on receipt of  
this condition, until the request can be processed or until the time  
interval specified in the parameter has been exceeded, at which point  
a return code of 21 will be generated.  
23 (17)  
Abend condition intercepted during control region processing.  
24 (18)  
Control region failed to gain exclusive access to a serialized resource  
within a 1-minute time interval.  
28 (1C)  
31 (1F)  
64 (40)  
Invalid Archive Manager database identifier specified in migrated row  
access request.  
Object containing migrated row not found in Archive Manager  
database.  
An error has been received by a control region component when  
issuing an ALESERV macro, or the name of the DB2 Manager control  
region held in the ASCB stored with the request does not match that  
of the control region at start-up time  
65 (41)  
Request has been timed out by control region, because value  
specified in READTIMEOUT or WRITETIMEOUT initialization  
parameter has been exceeded.  
87 (57)  
Required Archive Manager database not connected on receipt of  
migrated row storage request.  
88 (58)  
Archive Manager database connection request received for database  
which is already connected for update processing. Only one update  
process may be executed against a single Archive Manager database  
at any one time.  
94 (5E)  
VSAM error received accessing primary index of Archive Manager  
database. Message OTD22011 or OTD26010 will be displayed by  
the control region giving the error and reason codes returned from  
VSAM.  
97 (61)  
98 (62)  
99 (63)  
VSAM error received opening primary index of Archive Manager  
database. Message OTD26010 will be displayed by the control  
region giving the error and reason codes returned from VSAM.  
Internal error received during control region processing. Review  
other error messages issued by the control region for more  
information about the error condition.  
Invalid request code received by control region.  
170  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Return code  
(hex value in  
brackets)  
Explanation  
xx  
Any other return code issued by the control region indicates that an  
error has been received from an Archive Manager call. A message  
will be issued by the control region giving details of the call and the  
return and reason codes received from Archive Manager. Refer to  
the Archive Manager User Manual for a description of this error  
condition.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendices  
Appendix A: Sample JCL members  
Appendix A gives listings of members on the distributed DB2 Manager sample JCL library.  
LCDDB2  
Member LCDDB2 is a sample procedure for execution of the DB2 Manager control region  
started task.  
//*  
//* Lifecycle Director  
//* DB2 Manager started task procedure.  
//*  
//* Change history:  
//* 19-Mar-03 GW V1.1 CREATED.  
//* 02-Apr-04 GW V1.1 Re-branded.  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
Edit each of the lines marked "<===" to update:  
1. Name of installed DB2 Manager load library  
2. Name of installed Archive Manager load library  
3. Name of Archive Manager parameter library  
If any of the above load libraries are present in the  
system linklist, they may be omitted from the STEPLIB  
concatenation in this procedure.  
Add one OTASxxxx entry for each Archive Manager database  
used for storage of migrated rows from DB2, where  
"xxxx" is the unique 4-character value used  
to identify an Archive Manager database. Each  
entry should specify the name of the primary index  
dataset for the corresponding Archive Manager database.  
//LCDDB2 PROC SIZE=6192K  
//*  
//LCDDB2 EXEC PGM=OTDBP200,REGION=&SIZE  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
<===  
<===  
//  
DD DSN=Archive.Manager.load.library,DISP=SHR  
//SYSPARM DD DSN=Database.Manager.parameter.library,DISP=SHR <===  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//*  
//*  
//*  
Archive Manager database list  
//OTASxxxx DD DSN=Archive.Manager.database.index,DISP=SHR  
//*  
<===  
172  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
OTDBDEF  
Member OTDBDEF creates the DB2 Manager system database.  
//OTDBDEF JOB  
//*  
//* DB2 Manager system database creation job.  
//*  
//* Change history:  
//* GW 19-Mar-03 V1.1 created  
//* GW 02-Apr-04 V1.1 re-branded  
//*  
//* This job creates the database manager system database. It  
//* includes steps to allocate files, define the database and  
//* grant authorities for database access.  
//*  
//* Before submitting the job, review each line marked with  
//* with "<===" and modify as appropriate for execution at  
//* your installation.  
//*  
//STEP01 EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01  
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSTSIN DD *  
DSN SYSTEM(DB2)  
<===  
<===  
<===  
RUN PROGRAM(DSNTIAD) PLAN(DSNTIAnn) -  
LIB('DB2.runtime.library')  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSIN  
DD *  
DROP DATABASE LCDDB2;  
COMMIT;  
//*  
//STEP02 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSIN  
DELETE  
DD *  
-
DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS.I0001.A001  
- <===  
CLUSTER  
DELETE  
DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.REGIX1.I0001.A001  
-
- <===  
CLUSTER  
DELETE  
-
DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.REGIX2.I0001.A001  
- <===  
CLUSTER  
SET LASTCC=0  
SET MAXCC=0  
DEFINE CLUSTER  
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS.I0001.A001)  
- <===  
LINEAR  
-
-
SHAREOPTIONS(3 3)  
VOLUMES(vvvvvv)  
- <===  
CYLINDERS(1 1)  
-
UNIQUE )  
-
DATA  
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBD.LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS.I0001.A001))  
<===  
DEFINE CLUSTER  
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.REGIX1.I0001.A001)  
- <===  
LINEAR  
SHAREOPTIONS(3 3)  
VOLUMES(vvvvvv)  
-
-
- <===  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CYLINDERS(1 1)  
UNIQUE )  
DATA  
-
-
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBD.LCDDB2.REGIX1.I0001.A001))  
<===  
DEFINE CLUSTER  
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBC.LCDDB2.REGIX2.I0001.A001)  
- <===  
LINEAR  
-
-
SHAREOPTIONS(3 3)  
VOLUMES(vvvvvv)  
- <===  
CYLINDERS(1 1)  
-
UNIQUE )  
-
DATA  
-
(NAME(DSN610.DSNDBD.LCDDB2.REGIX2.I0001.A001))  
<===  
//*  
//STEP03 EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,COND=(4,LT,STEP02)  
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSTSIN DD *  
DSN SYSTEM(DB2)  
<===  
RUN PROGRAM(DSNTIAD) PLAN(DSNTIAnn) -  
LIB('DB2.runtime.library')  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
<===  
<===  
//SYSIN  
DD *  
CREATE DATABASE LCDDB2;  
COMMIT;  
CREATE TABLESPACE LCDDB2TS  
IN  
LCDDB2  
USING  
VCAT DSN610  
<===  
LOCKSIZE ANY  
CLOSE  
SEGSIZE  
NO  
64  
BUFFERPOOL BP0;  
COMMIT;  
CREATE TABLE LCDDB2.PLAN_TABLE  
( QUERYNO  
INTEGER  
SMALLINT  
CHAR(8)  
CHAR(8)  
SMALLINT  
SMALLINT  
CHAR(8)  
CHAR(18)  
SMALLINT  
CHAR(2)  
SMALLINT  
CHAR(8)  
CHAR(18)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(3)  
CHAR(16)  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
NOT NULL,  
QBLOCKNO  
APPLNAME  
PROGNAME  
PLANNO  
METHOD  
CREATOR  
TNAME  
TABNO  
ACCESSTYPE  
MATCHCOLS  
ACCESSCREATOR  
ACCESSNAME  
INDEXONLY  
SORTN_UNIQ  
SORTN_JOIN  
SORTN_ORDERBY  
SORTN_GROUPBY  
SORTC_UNIQ  
SORTC_JOIN  
SORTC_ORDERBY  
SORTC_GROUPBY  
TSLOCKMODE  
TIMESTAMP  
REMARKS  
PREFETCH  
COLUMN_FN_EVAL  
VARCHAR(254) NOT NULL,  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
174  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MIXOPSEQ  
VERSION  
SMALLINT  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
VARCHAR(64) NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
COLLID  
CHAR(18)  
SMALLINT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
ACCESS_DEGREE  
ACCESS_PGROUP_ID SMALLINT,  
JOIN_DEGREE  
SMALLINT,  
SMALLINT,  
SMALLINT,  
SMALLINT,  
JOIN_PGROUP_ID  
SORTC_PGROUP_ID  
SORTN_PGROUP_ID  
PARALLELISM_MODE CHAR(1),  
MERGE_JOIN_COLS SMALLINT,  
CORRELATION_NAME CHAR(18),  
PAGE_RANGE  
JOIN_TYPE  
GROUP_MEMBER  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(8)  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
IBM_SERVICE_DATA VARCHAR(254) NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
WHEN_OPTIMIZE  
QBLOCK_TYPE  
BIND_TIME  
OPTHINT  
CHAR(1)  
CHAR(6)  
TIMESTAMP  
CHAR(8)  
CHAR(8)  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT,  
NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT  
HINT_USED  
PRIMARY_ACCESSTYPE CHAR(1)  
)
IN LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS;  
CREATE TABLE LCDDB2.REGISTRY  
( TABNAME  
VARCHAR(27) NOT NULL,  
CHAR(4) NOT NULL  
LCDDBID  
)
IN LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS;  
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX LCDDB2.REGIX1  
ON LCDDB2.REGISTRY  
(
TABNAME ASC  
)
USING  
CLOSE  
VCAT DSN610  
NO  
<===  
<===  
BUFFERPOOL BP1  
PCTFREE 10;  
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX LCDDB2.REGIX2  
ON LCDDB2.REGISTRY  
(
LCDDBID ASC  
)
USING  
CLOSE  
VCAT DSN610  
NO  
BUFFERPOOL BP1  
PCTFREE 10;  
COMMIT;  
GRANT CREATETAB  
ON DATABASE LCDDB2  
TO PUBLIC;  
GRANT USE OF TABLESPACE LCDDB2.LCDDB2TS  
TO PUBLIC;  
GRANT SELECT, DELETE, INSERT, UPDATE  
ON TABLE LCDDB2.PLAN_TABLE  
TO PUBLIC;  
COMMIT;  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OTDBPKG  
Member OTDBPKG creates the DB2 Manager DB2 application packages.  
//OTDBPKG JOB  
//*  
//* DB2 Manager DB2 package creation job.  
//*  
//* Change history:  
//* GW 19-Mar-03 V1.1 created  
//* GW 02-Apr-04 V1.1 re-branded  
//* GW 30-Apr-04 V1.1 OTDBL130 added  
//*  
//* This job creates the DB2 application packages  
//* required for DB2 Manager implementation.  
//*  
//* Amend the job as follows before submitting:  
//*  
//* 1. Alter the STEPLIB DD card to specify name of the  
//*  
//*  
DB2 runtime load library on the host system.  
//* 2. Change the name of the DB2 subsystem (DB2) in  
//*  
//*  
//*  
the DSN statement to match the subsystem name  
in use on the host system.  
//* 3. Change the dataset name on the DBRMLIB card  
//*  
to specify the name of the DB2 Manager DBRM  
library unloaded from file 2 of the distribution tape.  
//*  
//*  
//BIND  
EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=DB2.runtime.library,DISP=SHR  
//DBRMLIB DD DSN=Database.Manager.DBRM.library,DISP=SHR  
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSTSIN DD *  
DSN SYSTEM(DB2)  
BIND PACKAGE(OTDBL100)  
MEMBER(OTDBL100)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FLAG(E)  
SQLERROR(CONTINUE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
BIND PACKAGE(OTDBL120)  
MEMBER(OTDBL120)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FLAG(E)  
SQLERROR(CONTINUE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
176  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
BIND PACKAGE(OTDBL130)  
MEMBER(OTDBL130)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FLAG(E)  
SQLERROR(CONTINUE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
BIND PACKAGE(OTDBL140)  
MEMBER(OTDBL140)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FLAG(E)  
SQLERROR(CONTINUE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
BIND PACKAGE(OTDBL170)  
MEMBER(OTDBL170)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FLAG(E)  
SQLERROR(CONTINUE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
/*  
OTDBPLAN  
Member OTDBPLAN creates the DB2 application plan required for execution of DB2  
Manager.  
//OTDBPLAN JOB  
//*  
//* DB2 Manager DB2 plan creation job.  
//*  
//* Change history:  
//* GW 19-Mar-03 V1.1 created  
//* GW 02-Apr-04 V1.1 re-branded  
//* GW 30-Apr-04 V1.1 OTDBL130 added  
//*  
//* This job creates the DB2 application plan  
//* required for DB2 Manager implementation.  
//*  
//* Review lines marked with a "<===" before submitting  
//* and amend as follows:  
//*  
//* 1. Alter the STEPLIB DD cards to specify name of the  
//*  
DB2 runtime load library on the host system.  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
//*  
//* 2. Change the name of the DB2 subsystem (DB2) in  
//*  
//*  
//*  
the DSN statements to match the subsystem name  
in use on the host system.  
//* 3. Replace the character string 'pppppppp' with  
//*  
//*  
the name of the DB2 plan to be generated.  
//* 4. Change the plan name in the RUN statement (DSNTIAnn)  
//*  
to match the version of DB2 in use on the host  
system.  
//*  
//*  
//BIND  
EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=DB2.runtime.library,DISP=SHR  
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*  
<===  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSTSIN DD *  
DSN SYSTEM(DB2)  
<===  
<===  
BIND PLAN(pppppppp)  
PKLIST(OTDBL100.OTDBL100,  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OTDBL120.OTDBL120,  
OTDBL130.OTDBL130,  
OTDBL140.OTDBL140,  
OTDBL170.OTDBL170)  
ACTION(REPLACE)  
RETAIN  
VALIDATE(BIND)  
ISOLATION(CS)  
FLAG(E)  
ACQUIRE(USE)  
RELEASE(COMMIT)  
KEEPDYNAMIC(YES)  
EXPLAIN(NO)  
/*  
//*  
//GRNT  
EXEC PGM=IKJEFT01,DYNAMNBR=20,COND=(4,LT)  
//STEPLIB DD DSN=DB2.runtime.library,DISP=SHR  
//SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*  
<===  
//SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*  
//SYSTSIN DD *  
DSN SYSTEM(DB2)  
<===  
<===  
RUN PROGRAM(DSNTIAD) PLAN(DSNTIAnn)  
//SYSIN  
GRANT EXECUTE  
ON PLAN pppppppp  
TO PUBLIC;  
COMMIT;  
DD *  
<===  
/*  
178  
DB2 Manager User Guide  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
housekeeping task, 168  
initialization, 45  
master processor, 143  
return codes, 172  
scheduler, 157  
shutdown, 63, 74  
started task, 175  
summary status display, 52  
tape reader, 160  
A
Access Method Services, 31  
allocation recovery, 74  
AMS, 31  
APF-authorization, 22, 46  
archive date, 14  
archive indicator, 10  
Archive Manager, 7, 8, 13, 28  
database, 13, 28, 46, 82  
database administration, 28  
database backup, 91  
writer, 165  
D
database definition, 118  
database identifier, 14, 54, 55, 97,  
103, 108, 113  
database maintenance, 24, 50, 117  
database maintenance utility, 117  
database recovery, 93  
database storage level, 14, 54, 55  
disk copy processing, 9  
journal dataset, 31, 91  
data management, 90  
database maintenance, 13  
database reorganization, 16  
dataset naming standards, 92  
DB2, 46  
application plan, 27, 180  
image copy, 90  
modifications, 26  
packages, 27, 179  
plans, 27, 86  
object, 10, 13, 37, 91  
object deletion, 112, 117  
object management, 50  
object management utility, 117  
primary index, 31, 46, 91  
archive partition, 78, 91, 112  
archive stub, 10, 14, 78, 112  
audit options, 29  
table, 28, 82, 115  
table backup, 90  
table migration, 77  
table recovery, 90  
table reorganization, 91  
DB2 JOIN, 10  
DB2 UNION, 10  
automated operator reply, 26  
AUTOUNCAT, 24, 118  
DB2SSID, 86, 98, 104, 109, 114  
DBRM, 27  
deleted row, 51  
disaster recovery, 14, 94  
DISPLAY, 52  
DISPLAY TASK, 55  
distinct types, 78  
B
block identifier, 56  
blocksize, 30  
distribution libraries, 20  
duplex backup copy, 24  
duplex copy, 24  
C
CICS, 19  
COMMAND, 43, 51  
COMMIT, 98  
dynamic load balancing, 14, 82  
commit processing, 85  
control processor, 48  
control region, 10, 22, 33, 39, 45, 47  
detail status display, 55  
disk reader, 163  
E
edit procedure, 10, 47  
ENVCNTL, 21, 36, 88  
error codes, 170  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MLPA, 23  
MODIFY, 43, 46, 51, 64  
F
FLPA, 23  
FORCE, 56  
force purge, 56  
N
new tape volume, 86  
H
O
HLQ, 28  
OBJSIZE, 13, 14, 32, 37, 53, 59, 60, 62,  
83  
Host Software Component, 25, 72  
housekeeping  
operator commands, 51  
operator interface, 51  
OTASP030, 117  
failure, 117  
housekeeping processing, 13  
HSC, 25  
OTASP040, 117  
OTD20000, 51  
OTDBDEF, 27, 176  
OTDBIND, 78, 81  
I
IEF238D, 25, 74, 75  
IEF247I, 25  
image copy, 15  
implementation, 14, 19  
INDEXONLY, 98, 104  
installation verification, 33  
OTDBL100, 86  
OTDBL120, 98, 104  
OTDBL140, 109  
OTDBL170, 114  
OTDBP100, 24, 77, 95, 96, 102, 171  
OTDBP120, 95, 101, 118  
OTDBP140, 95, 107  
OTDBP170, 95, 112  
OTDBP300, 10, 23, 47, 78, 79, 81, 147,  
171  
OTDBPKG, 27, 28, 179  
OTDBPLAN, 27, 28, 180  
OTSN4300, 28  
L
large objects, 78  
LCDDB2, 175  
LCDDB2 database, 26  
LCDDB2.PLAN_TABLE, 26  
LCDDB2.REGISTRY, 26  
LOB, 13, 78  
OTSN4301, 29  
OTSN4302, 31  
locks, 53, 75  
M
P
MAXDISK, 58  
MAXDRDR, 39, 40, 48, 52, 53, 56, 59,  
60, 73, 151, 165  
MAXDRIVE, 56, 58, 60, 61  
MAXQLEN, 41, 49, 52, 53, 59, 60, 61,  
65, 72, 73, 75, 173  
MAXSCHED, 40, 41, 48, 53, 56, 58, 59,  
60, 61, 151, 159  
parameter format, 35  
parameter library, 21, 35  
partitioned tablespace, 78, 81  
performance, 11  
PLAN, 98, 104, 109, 114  
PPT, 22  
pre-requisites, 16  
primary backup copy, 24  
primary keylength, 13, 28  
PRINT, 105, 109, 114  
print reports, 88, 100, 106, 110, 115  
Program Properties Table, 22  
PURGE, 58  
MAXTRDR, 39, 43, 48, 52, 53, 58, 59,  
60, 71, 72, 75, 151, 162  
MAXTWTR, 40, 48, 53, 56, 58, 59, 60,  
61, 62, 151, 167  
migrated rows, 47, 49, 95, 101, 112, 117  
migration criteria, 84, 87, 97, 103  
migration rule, 87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SMP/E, 20  
SMPEACC, 21  
R
reader task, 72  
READTIMEOUT, 37, 53, 59, 60, 62, 63,  
126, 171, 173  
reason codes, 170  
record offset, 14  
recovery status, 93  
recycle threshold, 118  
re-migration  
selection criteria, 95, 99, 102  
utility failure, 101  
REPLY, 46, 51, 63  
request queue, 41  
request queue length, 53, 72  
request status, 53  
resource unavailable, 42, 56, 71, 73, 74,  
75, 82  
response time, 74  
restart processing, 85  
RETAINTAPE, 42, 49, 53, 59, 60, 61,  
154  
retention period, 29  
row deletion, 12  
row migration, 9, 77  
row update, 12  
ROWID, 78  
SMPEAPP, 21  
SMPEDEF, 21  
SMPERCV, 21  
SQL  
-652 error, 38, 39, 41, 50, 51, 63, 71,  
73, 75, 82, 170, 172  
command, 8, 15  
DELETE, 49, 51, 112, 118  
error codes, 51  
FETCH, 9, 15  
INSERT, 49  
intercept, 10, 48  
SELECT, 49, 82, 87, 99, 105, 110, 115  
UPDATE, 49, 50, 112, 118  
SQLCA, 26, 38, 39, 41, 50, 51, 72, 73,  
75, 82, 121, 170  
SQLERRD, 26, 38, 39, 41, 50, 51, 72,  
73, 75, 82, 121, 170, 172  
storage level, 92  
subsystem identifier, 86  
subtask  
disk reader, 39, 48, 52, 73  
housekeeping, 48  
purging, 58  
scheduler, 40, 48  
selection, 49  
S
tape reader, 39, 48, 52, 82  
writer, 40, 48, 52, 82  
SVC, 28  
S100PRI, 86  
S100SEC, 86, 87, 99  
S120PRI, 98  
S120SEC, 99  
SYSIN file, 82, 87, 99, 105, 110, 115  
System Management Facility, 65  
scratch pool, 24  
sequential processing, 9  
SET, 60  
T
table  
SET MAXDRIVE, 60, 61  
SET MAXQLEN, 61  
SET RETAINTAPE, 61  
SET TAPEWAIT, 62  
SHUTDOWN, 63, 74  
SHUTDOWN IMMED, 63  
SMF, 36, 65  
SMF header section, 66  
SMF record descriptor section, 67  
SMF records, 24  
partition, 16  
table analysis  
failure, 112  
table backup, 15  
table partition, 10  
table recovery, 15  
table view, 80  
tape dataset  
naming convention, 24  
tape management software, 24  
tape processing, 42, 43  
tape recycling, 14  
tape volume recovery, 93  
SMF request section, 68  
SMF storage group section, 68  
SMFRECID, 24, 36, 65  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
tape volume recycling, 117  
TAPECNTL, 22, 38  
database housekeeping, 13, 95, 101,  
112, 140  
TAPEWAIT, 39, 41, 42, 43, 49, 53, 59,  
60, 62, 71, 73, 74, 75, 173  
timestamps, 66  
re-migration, 13, 95, 101, 128, 132  
table analysis, 13, 95, 107, 136  
table migration, 40, 77, 82, 121  
TSO/ISPF, 28  
V
U
view, 80  
VIO dataset, 86, 98  
unique key, 78, 87, 99, 105, 110, 115  
unit name, 30  
updated row, 50  
user identification, 22  
user SVC, 28  
W
WRITETIMEOUT, 38, 53, 59, 60, 62, 88,  
171, 173  
utilities  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reader’s Comment Form  
Contact Us  
Submit your questions, comments, and suggestions to StorageTek’s Global  
Learning Solutions. We appreciate your correspondence and are  
committed to responding to you.  
Publication Information  
Publication Name:  
Publication Part Number:  
Questions and Comments:  
Note: Staples can cause problems with automated mail sorting  
equipment. Please use pressure sensitive or other gummed tape to  
seal this form. If you would like a reply, please supply your name  
and address on the reverse side of this form.  
Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp is required if mailed in  
the U.S.A.  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TO COMPLY WITH POSTAL REGULATIONS, FOLD EXACTLY ON DOTTED LINES AND TAPE  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
BUSINESS REPLY CARD  
FIRST CLASS  
PERMIT NO. 2 LOUISVILLE, CO U.S.A.  
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE  
GLOBAL LEARNING SOLUTIONS MS 3256  
STORAGE TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION  
ONE STORAGETEK DRIVE  
LOUISVILLE CO 80028-9989  
USA  
FOLD HERE AND TAPE  
DO NOT STAPLE  
FOLD HERE AND TAPE  
If you would like a reply, please print:  
Your Name:_____________________________________________________________________  
Company Name:_____________________________Department:__________________________  
Street Address:__________________________________________________________________  
City:___________________________________________________________________________  
State____________________________________________ Zip  
Code:______________________  
Storage Technology Corporation  
One StorageTek Drive  
Louisville, CO 80028-3256  
USA  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
StorageTek Proprietary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NEED MORE INFORMATION?  
www.storagetek.com  
ABOUT STORAGETEK  
Storage Technology Corporation (NYSE: STK)  
is a $2 billion global company that enables  
businesses, through its information lifecycle  
management strategy, to align the cost of storage  
with the value of information. The company’s  
innovative storage solutions manage the  
complexity and growth of information, lower  
costs, improve efficiency and protect investments.  
For more information, visit www.storagetek.com,  
or call 1.800.275.4785 or 01.303.673.2800.  
WORLD HEADQUARTERS  
Storage Technology Corporation  
One StorageTek Drive  
Louisville, Colorado 80028 USA  
1.800.678.4430 or 01.303.673.4430  
© 2004 Storage Technology Corporation, Louisville, CO.  
All rights reserved. Printed in USA. StorageTek and the  
StorageTek logo are registered trademarks of Storage  
Technology Corporation. Other names mentioned may be  
trademarks of Storage Technology Corporation or other  
vendors/manufacturers.  
StorageTek equipment is manufactured from new parts, or  
new and used parts. In some cases, StorageTek equipment  
may not be new and may have been previously installed.  
Regardless, StorageTek's standard warranty terms apply,  
unless the equipment is specifically identified by StorageTek  
as “used” or “refurbished.”  
Replacement parts provided under warranty or any  
service offering may be either new or equivalent-to-new,  
at StorageTek’s option. Specifications/features may change  
without notice.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Sennheiser Headphones PMX 60 User Manual
SIIG Computer Drive 04 0370D User Manual
SMSC Switch LAN9512 User Manual
Snapper Tiller IR5002B User Manual
Sony MP3 Player 4 141 609 11 1 User Manual
Sony MP3 Player CFD S20CP User Manual
Sony Radio SRF H3 User Manual
Sony Speaker SRS P11Q User Manual
Sony Stereo Receiver DAV C700
Swann DVR DVR4 SecuraNet User Manual